“As for you, O son of man, prophesy against Gog and declare that this is what the Lord GOD says: Behold, I am against you, O Gog, chief prince of Meshech and Tubal.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            אֲדֹנָ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲדֹנָ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·ḏō·nāy
                
                
                     the Lord 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        136 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) my lord, lord <BR> 1a) of men <BR> 1b) of God <BR> 2) Lord-title, spoken in place of Yahweh in Jewish display of reverence 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·ḏō·nāy
         the Lord 
    
 
        
            יְהוִ֑ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוִ֑ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     GOD 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3069 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) Jehovah-used primarily in the combination 'Lord Jehovah' <BR> 1a) equal to H03068 but pointed with the vowels of H0430 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         GOD 
    
 
        
            אָמַ֖ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אָמַ֖ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ā·mar
                
                
                     says : 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        559 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to say, speak, utter <BR> 1a) (Qal) to say, to answer, to say in one's heart, to think, to command, to promise, to intend <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be told, to be said, to be called <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) to boast, to act proudly <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to avow, to avouch 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ā·mar
         says : 
    
 
        
            הִנְנִ֤י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הִנְנִ֤י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hin·nî
                
                
                     Behold , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Interjection | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2005 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        interj<BR> 1) behold, lo, though hypothetical part <BR> 2) if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hin·nî
         Behold , 
    
 
        
            אֵלֶ֙יךָ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֵלֶ֙יךָ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ê·le·ḵā
                
                
                     I am against you , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        413 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to, toward, unto (of motion) <BR> 2) into (limit is actually entered) <BR> 2a) in among <BR> 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) <BR> 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) <BR> 5) in addition to, to <BR> 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of <BR> 7) according to (rule or standard) <BR> 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) <BR> 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ê·le·ḵā
         I am against you , 
    
 
        
            גּ֔וֹג 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
גּ֔וֹג 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    gō·wḡ
                
                
                     O Gog , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1463 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Gog = |mountain|<BR> 1) a Reubenite, son of Shemaiah <BR> 2) the prophetic prince of Rosh, Meshech and Tubal, and Magog 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        gō·wḡ
         O Gog , 
    
 
        
            רֹ֖אשׁ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רֹ֖אשׁ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    rōš
                
                
                     chief 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7218 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) head, top, summit, upper part, chief, total, sum, height, front, beginning <BR> 1a) head (of man, animals) <BR> 1b) top, tip (of mountain) <BR> 1c) height (of stars) <BR> 1d) chief, head (of man, city, nation, place, family, priest) <BR> 1e) head, front, beginning <BR> 1f) chief, choicest, best <BR> 1g) head, division, company, band <BR> 1h) sum 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        rōš
         chief 
    
 
        
            נְשִׂ֕יא 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נְשִׂ֕יא 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nə·śî
                
                
                     prince 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5387 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) one lifted up, chief, prince, captain, leader <BR> 2) rising mist, vapour 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nə·śî
         prince 
    
 
        
            מֶ֥שֶׁךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֶ֥שֶׁךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    me·šeḵ
                
                
                     of Meshech 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4902 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Mesech or Meshech = |drawing out|<BR> 1) son of Japheth, grandson of Noah, and progenitor of peoples to the north of Israel <BR> 1a) descendants of Mesech often mentioned in connection with Tubal, Magog, and other northern nations including the Moschi, a people on the borders of Colchis and Armenia 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        me·šeḵ
         of Meshech 
    
 
        
            וְתֻבָֽל׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְתֻבָֽל׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ṯu·ḇāl
                
                
                     and Tubal . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8422 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Tubal = |thou shall be brought| <BR> n pr m <BR> 1) son of Japheth and grandson of Noah <BR> n pr terr <BR> 2) a region in east Asia Minor <BR> 2a) perhaps nearly equal to Cappadocia 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ṯu·ḇāl
         and Tubal . 
    
 
        
            וְאַתָּ֤ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאַתָּ֤ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’at·tāh
                
                
                     [“] As for you , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Pronoun - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        859 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) you (second pers. sing. masc.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’at·tāh
         [“] As for you , 
    
 
        
            בֶן־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֶן־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḇen-
                
                
                     O son 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḇen-
         O son 
    
 
        
            אָדָם֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אָדָם֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ā·ḏām
                
                
                     of man , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        120 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) man, mankind <BR> 1a) man, human being <BR> 1b) man, mankind (much more frequently intended sense in OT) <BR> 1c) Adam, first man <BR> 1d) city in Jordan valley 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ā·ḏām
         of man , 
    
 
        
            הִנָּבֵ֣א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הִנָּבֵ֣א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hin·nā·ḇê
                
                
                     prophesy 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Nifal - Imperative - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5012 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to prophesy <BR> 1a) (Niphal) <BR> 1a1) to prophesy <BR> 1a1a) under influence of divine spirit <BR> 1a1b) of false prophets<BR> 1b)(Hithpael) <BR> 1b1) to prophesy <BR> 1b1a) under influence of divine spirit <BR> 1b1b) of false prophets 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hin·nā·ḇê
         prophesy 
    
 
        
            עַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al-
                
                
                     against 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al-
         against 
    
 
        
            גּ֔וֹג 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
גּ֔וֹג 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    gō·wḡ
                
                
                     Gog 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1463 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Gog = |mountain|<BR> 1) a Reubenite, son of Shemaiah <BR> 2) the prophetic prince of Rosh, Meshech and Tubal, and Magog 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        gō·wḡ
         Gog 
    
 
        
            וְאָ֣מַרְתָּ֔ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאָ֣מַרְתָּ֔ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’ā·mar·tā
                
                
                     and declare 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        559 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to say, speak, utter <BR> 1a) (Qal) to say, to answer, to say in one's heart, to think, to command, to promise, to intend <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be told, to be said, to be called <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) to boast, to act proudly <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to avow, to avouch 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’ā·mar·tā
         and declare 
    
 
        
            כֹּ֥ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כֹּ֥ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kōh
                
                
                     that this is what 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3541 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) thus, here, in this manner <BR> 1a) thus, so <BR> 1b) here, here and there<BR> 1c) until now, until now...until then, meanwhile 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kōh
         that this is what 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            I will turn you around, drive you along, bring you up from the far north, and send you against the mountains of Israel.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְשֹׁבַבְתִּ֙יךָ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְשֹׁבַבְתִּ֙יךָ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·šō·ḇaḇ·tî·ḵā
                
                
                     I will turn you around , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Piel - Conjunctive perfect - first person common singular | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7725 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to return, turn back <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to turn back, return <BR> 1a1a) to turn back <BR> 1a1b) to return, come or go back <BR> 1a1c) to return unto, go back, come back <BR> 1a1d) of dying <BR> 1a1e) of human relations (fig) <BR> 1a1f) of spiritual relations (fig) <BR> 1a1f1) to turn back (from God), apostatise <BR> 1a1f2) to turn away (of God) <BR> 1a1f3) to turn back (to God), repent <BR> 1a1f4) turn back (from evil) <BR> 1a1g) of inanimate things <BR> 1a1h) in repetition <BR> 1b) (Polel) <BR> 1b1) to bring back <BR> 1b2) to restore, refresh, repair (fig) <BR> 1b3) to lead away (enticingly) <BR> 1b4) to show turning, apostatise <BR> 1c) (Pual) restored (participle) <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to cause to return, bring back <BR> 1d1) to bring back, allow to return, put back, draw back, give back, restore, relinquish, give in payment <BR> 1d2) to bring back, refresh, restore <BR> 1d3) to bring back, report to, answer <BR> 1d4) to bring back, make requital, pay (as recompense) <BR> 1d5) to turn back or backward, repel, defeat, repulse, hinder, reject, refuse <BR> 1d6) to turn away (face), turn toward <BR> 1d7) to turn against <BR> 1d8) to bring back to mind <BR> 1d9) to show a turning away 1d10) to reverse, revoke <BR> 1e) (Hophal) to be returned, be restored, be brought back <BR> 1f) (Pulal) brought back 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·šō·ḇaḇ·tî·ḵā
         I will turn you around , 
    
 
        
            וְשִׁשֵּׁאתִ֔יךָ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְשִׁשֵּׁאתִ֔יךָ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·šiš·šê·ṯî·ḵā
                
                
                     drive you along , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Piel - Conjunctive perfect - first person common singular | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8338 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (Piel) to lead, lead on <BR> 2a) meaning apparent 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·šiš·šê·ṯî·ḵā
         drive you along , 
    
 
        
            וְהַעֲלִיתִ֖יךָ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהַעֲלִיתִ֖יךָ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ha·‘ă·lî·ṯî·ḵā
                
                
                     bring you up 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Hifil - Conjunctive perfect - first person common singular | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5927 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to go up, ascend, climb <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to go up, ascend <BR> 1a2) to meet, visit, follow, depart, withdraw, retreat <BR> 1a3) to go up, come up (of animals) <BR> 1a4) to spring up, grow, shoot forth (of vegetation) <BR> 1a5) to go up, go up over, rise (of natural phenomenon) <BR> 1a6) to come up (before God) <BR> 1a7) to go up, go up over, extend (of boundary) <BR> 1a8) to excel, be superior to <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be taken up, be brought up, be taken away <BR> 1b2) to take oneself away <BR> 1b3) to be exalted <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to bring up, cause to ascend or climb, cause to go up <BR> 1c2) to bring up, bring against, take away <BR> 1c3) to bring up, draw up, train <BR> 1c4) to cause to ascend <BR> 1c5) to rouse, stir up (mentally) <BR> 1c6) to offer, bring up (of gifts) <BR> 1c7) to exalt <BR> 1c8) to cause to ascend, offer <BR> 1d) (Hophal) <BR> 1d1) to be carried away, be led up <BR> 1d2) to be taken up into, be inserted in <BR> 1d3) to be offered <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) to lift oneself 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ha·‘ă·lî·ṯî·ḵā
         bring you up 
    
 
        
            מִיַּרְכְּתֵ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִיַּרְכְּתֵ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mî·yar·kə·ṯê
                
                
                     from the far 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m | Noun - feminine dual construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3411 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) flank, side, extreme parts, recesses <BR> 1a) side <BR> 1b) sides, recesses (dual) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mî·yar·kə·ṯê
         from the far 
    
 
        
            צָפ֑וֹן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
צָפ֑וֹן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṣā·p̄ō·wn
                
                
                     north , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6828 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) north (of direction), northward <BR> 1a) north <BR> 1b) northward 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṣā·p̄ō·wn
         north , 
    
 
        
            וַהֲבִאוֹתִ֖ךָ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַהֲבִאוֹתִ֖ךָ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wa·hă·ḇi·’ō·w·ṯi·ḵā
                
                
                     and send you 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Hifil - Conjunctive perfect - first person common singular | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        935 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to go in, enter, come, go, come in <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to enter, come in <BR> 1a2) to come <BR> 1a2a) to come with <BR> 1a2b) to come upon, fall or light upon, attack (enemy) <BR> 1a2c) to come to pass <BR> 1a3) to attain to <BR> 1a4) to be enumerated <BR> 1a5) to go <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) <BR> 1b1) to lead in <BR> 1b2) to carry in <BR> 1b3) to bring in, cause to come in, gather, cause to come, bring near, bring against, bring upon <BR> 1b4) to bring to pass <BR> 1c) (Hophal) <BR> 1c1) to be brought, brought in <BR> 1c2) to be introduced, be put 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wa·hă·ḇi·’ō·w·ṯi·ḵā
         and send you 
    
 
        
            עַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al-
                
                
                     against 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al-
         against 
    
 
        
            הָרֵ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָרֵ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·rê
                
                
                     the mountains 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2022 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) hill, mountain, hill country, mount 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·rê
         the mountains 
    
 
        
            יִשְׂרָאֵֽל׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִשְׂרָאֵֽל׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yiś·rā·’êl
                
                
                     of Israel . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3478 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Israel = |God prevails|<BR> 1) the second name for Jacob given to him by God after his wrestling with the angel at Peniel <BR> 2) the name of the descendants and the nation of the descendants of Jacob <BR> 2a) the name of the nation until the death of Solomon and the split <BR> 2b) the name used and given to the northern kingdom consisting of the 10 tribes under Jeroboam; the southern kingdom was known as Judah <BR> 2c) the name of the nation after the return from exile 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yiś·rā·’êl
         of Israel . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Then I will strike the bow from your left hand and dash down the arrows from your right hand.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְהִכֵּיתִ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהִכֵּיתִ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·hik·kê·ṯî
                
                
                     Then I will strike 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Hifil - Conjunctive perfect - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5221 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to strike, smite, hit, beat, slay, kill<BR> 1a)(Niphal) to be stricken or smitten <BR> 1b) (Pual) to be stricken or smitten <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to smite, strike, beat, scourge, clap, applaud, give a thrust <BR> 1c2) to smite, kill, slay (man or beast) <BR> 1c3) to smite, attack, attack and destroy, conquer, subjugate, ravage <BR> 1c4) to smite, chastise, send judgment upon, punish, destroy <BR> 1d) (Hophal) to be smitten <BR> 1d1) to receive a blow <BR> 1d2) to be wounded <BR> 1d3) to be beaten <BR> 1d4) to be (fatally) smitten, be killed, be slain <BR> 1d5) to be attacked and captured <BR> 1d6) to be smitten (with disease) <BR> 1d7) to be blighted (of plants) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·hik·kê·ṯî
         Then I will strike 
    
 
        
            קַשְׁתְּךָ֖ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קַשְׁתְּךָ֖ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qaš·tə·ḵā
                
                
                     the bow 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7198 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) bow <BR> 1a) bow (for hunting, battle) <BR> 1b) bowmen, archers <BR> 1c) bow (fig. of might) <BR> 1d) rainbow 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qaš·tə·ḵā
         the bow 
    
 
        
            שְׂמֹאולֶ֑ךָ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שְׂמֹאולֶ֑ךָ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    śə·mō·w·le·ḵā
                
                
                     from your left 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8040 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) the left, the left hand, the left side <BR> 1a) left <BR> 1b) left hand <BR> 1c) north (as one faces east) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        śə·mō·w·le·ḵā
         from your left 
    
 
        
            מִיַּ֣ד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִיַּ֣ד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mî·yaḏ
                
                
                     hand 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m | Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3027 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) hand <BR> 1a) hand (of man)<BR> 1b) strength, power (fig.) <BR> 1c) side (of land), part, portion (metaph.) (fig.) <BR> 1d) (various special, technical senses) <BR> 1d1) sign, monument <BR> 1d2) part, fractional part, share <BR> 1d3) time, repetition <BR> 1d4) axle-trees, axle <BR> 1d5) stays, support (for laver) <BR> 1d6) tenons (in tabernacle) <BR> 1d7) a phallus, a hand (meaning unsure) <BR> 1d8) wrists 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mî·yaḏ
         hand 
    
 
        
            אַפִּֽיל׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַפִּֽיל׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ap·pîl
                
                
                     and dash down 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Hifil - Imperfect - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5307 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to fall, lie, be cast down, fail <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to fall <BR> 1a2) to fall (of violent death) <BR> 1a3) to fall prostrate, prostrate oneself before <BR> 1a4) to fall upon, attack, desert, fall away to, go away to, fall into the hand of <BR> 1a5) to fall short, fail, fall out, turn out, result <BR> 1a6) to settle, waste away, be offered, be inferior to <BR> 1a7) to lie, lie prostrate <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) <BR> 1b1) to cause to fall, fell, throw down, knock out, lay prostrate <BR> 1b2) to overthrow <BR> 1b3) to make the lot fall, assign by lot, apportion by lot <BR> 1b4) to let drop, cause to fail (fig.) <BR> 1b5) to cause to fall <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) <BR> 1c1) to throw or prostrate oneself, throw oneself upon <BR> 1c2) to lie prostrate, prostrate oneself <BR> 1d) (Pilel) to fall 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ap·pîl
         and dash down 
    
 
        
            וְחִצֶּ֕יךָ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְחִצֶּ֕יךָ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ḥiṣ·ṣe·ḵā
                
                
                     the arrows 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine plural construct | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2671 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) arrow 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ḥiṣ·ṣe·ḵā
         the arrows 
    
 
        
            יְמִינְךָ֖ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְמִינְךָ֖ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yə·mî·nə·ḵā
                
                
                     from your right 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3225 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) right, right hand, right side <BR> 1a) right hand <BR> 1b) right (of direction) <BR> 1c) south (the direction of the right hand when facing East) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yə·mî·nə·ḵā
         from your right 
    
 
        
            מִיַּ֥ד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִיַּ֥ד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mî·yaḏ
                
                
                     hand . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m | Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3027 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) hand <BR> 1a) hand (of man)<BR> 1b) strength, power (fig.) <BR> 1c) side (of land), part, portion (metaph.) (fig.) <BR> 1d) (various special, technical senses) <BR> 1d1) sign, monument <BR> 1d2) part, fractional part, share <BR> 1d3) time, repetition <BR> 1d4) axle-trees, axle <BR> 1d5) stays, support (for laver) <BR> 1d6) tenons (in tabernacle) <BR> 1d7) a phallus, a hand (meaning unsure) <BR> 1d8) wrists 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mî·yaḏ
         hand . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            On the mountains of Israel you will fall—you and all your troops and the nations with you. I will give you as food to every kind of ravenous bird and wild beast.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            עַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al-
                
                
                     On 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al-
         On 
    
 
        
            הָרֵ֨י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָרֵ֨י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·rê
                
                
                     the mountains 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2022 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) hill, mountain, hill country, mount 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·rê
         the mountains 
    
 
        
            יִשְׂרָאֵ֜ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִשְׂרָאֵ֜ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yiś·rā·’êl
                
                
                     of Israel 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3478 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Israel = |God prevails|<BR> 1) the second name for Jacob given to him by God after his wrestling with the angel at Peniel <BR> 2) the name of the descendants and the nation of the descendants of Jacob <BR> 2a) the name of the nation until the death of Solomon and the split <BR> 2b) the name used and given to the northern kingdom consisting of the 10 tribes under Jeroboam; the southern kingdom was known as Judah <BR> 2c) the name of the nation after the return from exile 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yiś·rā·’êl
         of Israel 
    
 
        
            תִּפּ֗וֹל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תִּפּ֗וֹל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    tip·pō·wl
                
                
                     you will fall — 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5307 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to fall, lie, be cast down, fail <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to fall <BR> 1a2) to fall (of violent death) <BR> 1a3) to fall prostrate, prostrate oneself before <BR> 1a4) to fall upon, attack, desert, fall away to, go away to, fall into the hand of <BR> 1a5) to fall short, fail, fall out, turn out, result <BR> 1a6) to settle, waste away, be offered, be inferior to <BR> 1a7) to lie, lie prostrate <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) <BR> 1b1) to cause to fall, fell, throw down, knock out, lay prostrate <BR> 1b2) to overthrow <BR> 1b3) to make the lot fall, assign by lot, apportion by lot <BR> 1b4) to let drop, cause to fail (fig.) <BR> 1b5) to cause to fall <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) <BR> 1c1) to throw or prostrate oneself, throw oneself upon <BR> 1c2) to lie prostrate, prostrate oneself <BR> 1d) (Pilel) to fall 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        tip·pō·wl
         you will fall — 
    
 
        
            אַתָּה֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַתָּה֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’at·tāh
                
                
                     you 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        859 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) you (second pers. sing. masc.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’at·tāh
         you 
    
 
        
            וְכָל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְכָל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ḵāl
                
                
                     and all 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3605 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, the whole <BR> 1a) all, the whole of <BR> 1b) any, each, every, anything <BR> 1c) totality, everything 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ḵāl
         and all 
    
 
        
            אֲגַפֶּ֔יךָ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲגַפֶּ֔יךָ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·ḡap·pe·ḵā
                
                
                     your troops 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        102 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) wing (of an army), band, army, hordes 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·ḡap·pe·ḵā
         your troops 
    
 
        
            וְעַמִּ֖ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְעַמִּ֖ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·‘am·mîm
                
                
                     and the nations 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5971 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) nation, people <BR> 1a) people, nation <BR> 1b) persons, members of one's people, compatriots, country-men <BR> 2) kinsman, kindred 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·‘am·mîm
         and the nations 
    
 
        
            אֲשֶׁ֣ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲשֶׁ֣ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·šer
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·šer
         - 
    
 
        
            אִתָּ֑ךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אִתָּ֑ךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’it·tāḵ
                
                
                     with you . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        854 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) with, near, together with <BR> 1a) with, together with <BR> 1b) with (of relationship) <BR> 1c) near (of place)<BR> 1d) with (poss.) <BR> 1e) from...with, from (with other prep) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’it·tāḵ
         with you . 
    
 
        
            נְתַתִּ֥יךָ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נְתַתִּ֥יךָ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nə·ṯat·tî·ḵā
                
                
                     I will give you 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - first person common singular | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5414 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to give, put, set <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to give, bestow, grant, permit, ascribe, employ, devote, consecrate, dedicate, pay wages, sell, exchange, lend, commit, entrust, give over, deliver up, yield produce, occasion, produce, requite to, report, mention, utter, stretch out, extend <BR> 1a2) to put, set, put on, put upon, set, appoint, assign, designate <BR> 1a3) to make, constitute <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be given, be bestowed, be provided, be entrusted to, be granted to, be permitted, be issued, be published, be uttered, be assigned <BR> 1b2) to be set, be put, be made, be inflicted <BR> 1c) (Hophal) <BR> 1c1) to be given, be bestowed, be given up, be delivered up <BR> 1c2) to be put upon 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nə·ṯat·tî·ḵā
         I will give you 
    
 
        
            לְאָכְלָֽה׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְאָכְלָֽה׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·’āḵ·lāh
                
                
                     as food 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        402 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) food <BR> 1a) food, eating <BR> 1b) object of devouring, consuming <BR> 1b1) by wild beasts (figurative) <BR> 1b2) in fire<BR> 1b3) of judgment (figurative) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·’āḵ·lāh
         as food 
    
 
        
            כָּל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כָּל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kāl-
                
                
                     to every 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3605 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, the whole <BR> 1a) all, the whole of <BR> 1b) any, each, every, anything <BR> 1c) totality, everything 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kāl-
         to every 
    
 
        
            כָּנָ֛ף 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כָּנָ֛ף 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kā·nāp̄
                
                
                     kind 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3671 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) wing, extremity, edge, winged, border, corner, shirt <BR> 1a) wing <BR> 1b) extremity <BR> 1b1) skirt, corner (of garment) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kā·nāp̄
         kind 
    
 
        
            לְעֵ֨יט 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְעֵ֨יט 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·‘êṭ
                
                
                     of ravenous 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5861 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) bird of prey, a swooper 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·‘êṭ
         of ravenous 
    
 
        
            צִפּ֧וֹר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
צִפּ֧וֹר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṣip·pō·wr
                
                
                     bird 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6833 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) bird, fowl <BR> 1a) bird (singular) <BR> 1b) birds (coll) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṣip·pō·wr
         bird 
    
 
        
            הַשָּׂדֶ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַשָּׂדֶ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    haś·śā·ḏeh
                
                
                     and wild 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7704 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) field, land <BR> 1a) cultivated field<BR> 1b) of home of wild beasts <BR> 1c) plain (opposed to mountain) <BR> 1d) land (opposed to sea) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        haś·śā·ḏeh
         and wild 
    
 
        
            וְחַיַּ֥ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְחַיַּ֥ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ḥay·yaṯ
                
                
                     beast . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2416 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        adj <BR> 1) living, alive <BR> 1a) green (of vegetation) <BR> 1b) flowing, fresh (of water) <BR> 1c) lively, active (of man) <BR> 1d) reviving (of the springtime) <BR> n m <BR> 2) relatives <BR> 3) life (abstract emphatic) <BR> 3a) life <BR> 3b) sustenance, maintenance <BR> n f <BR> 4) living thing, animal <BR> 4a) animal <BR> 4b) life <BR> 4c) appetite <BR> 4d) revival, renewal <BR> 5) community 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ḥay·yaṯ
         beast . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            You will fall in the open field, for I have spoken, declares the Lord GOD.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            תִּפּ֑וֹל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תִּפּ֑וֹל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    tip·pō·wl
                
                
                     You will fall 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5307 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to fall, lie, be cast down, fail <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to fall <BR> 1a2) to fall (of violent death) <BR> 1a3) to fall prostrate, prostrate oneself before <BR> 1a4) to fall upon, attack, desert, fall away to, go away to, fall into the hand of <BR> 1a5) to fall short, fail, fall out, turn out, result <BR> 1a6) to settle, waste away, be offered, be inferior to <BR> 1a7) to lie, lie prostrate <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) <BR> 1b1) to cause to fall, fell, throw down, knock out, lay prostrate <BR> 1b2) to overthrow <BR> 1b3) to make the lot fall, assign by lot, apportion by lot <BR> 1b4) to let drop, cause to fail (fig.) <BR> 1b5) to cause to fall <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) <BR> 1c1) to throw or prostrate oneself, throw oneself upon <BR> 1c2) to lie prostrate, prostrate oneself <BR> 1d) (Pilel) to fall 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        tip·pō·wl
         You will fall 
    
 
        
            עַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al-
                
                
                     in 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al-
         in 
    
 
        
            פְּנֵ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
פְּנֵ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    pə·nê
                
                
                     the open field 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - common plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6440 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) face <BR> 1a) face, faces <BR> 1b) presence, person <BR> 1c) face (of seraphim or cherubim) <BR> 1d) face (of animals) <BR> 1e) face, surface (of ground) <BR> 1f) as adv of loc/temp <BR> 1f1) before and behind, toward, in front of, forward, formerly, from beforetime, before <BR> 1g) with prep <BR> 1g1) in front of, before, to the front of, in the presence of, in the face of, at the face or front of, from the presence of, from before, from before the face of 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        pə·nê
         the open field 
    
 
        
            הַשָּׂדֶ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַשָּׂדֶ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    haś·śā·ḏeh
                
                
                     . . . , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7704 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) field, land <BR> 1a) cultivated field<BR> 1b) of home of wild beasts <BR> 1c) plain (opposed to mountain) <BR> 1d) land (opposed to sea) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        haś·śā·ḏeh
         . . . , 
    
 
        
            כִּ֚י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כִּ֚י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kî
                
                
                     for 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunction 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3588 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) that, for, because, when, as though, as, because that, but, then, certainly, except, surely, since <BR> 1a) that <BR> 1a1) yea, indeed <BR> 1b) when (of time) <BR> 1b1) when, if, though (with a concessive force) <BR> 1c) because, since (causal connection) <BR> 1d) but (after negative) <BR> 1e) that if, for if, indeed if, for though, but if <BR> 1f) but rather, but <BR> 1g) except that <BR> 1h) only, nevertheless <BR> 1i) surely <BR> 1j) that is <BR> 1k) but if <BR> 1l) for though <BR> 1m) forasmuch as, for therefore 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kî
         for 
    
 
        
            אֲנִ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲנִ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·nî
                
                
                     I 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        589 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) I (first pers. sing. -usually used for emphasis) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·nî
         I 
    
 
        
            דִבַּ֔רְתִּי 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִבַּ֔רְתִּי 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḏib·bar·tî
                
                
                     have spoken , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Piel - Perfect - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1696 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to speak, declare, converse, command, promise, warn, threaten, sing <BR> 1a) (Qal) to speak <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to speak with one another, talk <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to speak <BR> 1c2) to promise <BR> 1d) (Pual) to be spoken <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) to speak <BR> 1f) (Hiphil) to lead away, put to flight 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḏib·bar·tî
         have spoken , 
    
 
        
            נְאֻ֖ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נְאֻ֖ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nə·’um
                
                
                     declares 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5002 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (Qal) utterance, declaration (of prophet) <BR> 1a) utterance, declaration, revelation (of prophet in ecstatic state) <BR> 1b) utterance, declaration (elsewhere always preceding divine name) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nə·’um
         declares 
    
 
        
            אֲדֹנָ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲדֹנָ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·ḏō·nāy
                
                
                     the Lord 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        136 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) my lord, lord <BR> 1a) of men <BR> 1b) of God <BR> 2) Lord-title, spoken in place of Yahweh in Jewish display of reverence 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·ḏō·nāy
         the Lord 
    
 
        
            יְהוִֽה׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוִֽה׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     GOD . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3069 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) Jehovah-used primarily in the combination 'Lord Jehovah' <BR> 1a) equal to H03068 but pointed with the vowels of H0430 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         GOD . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            I will send fire on Magog and on those who dwell securely in the coastlands, and they will know that I am the LORD.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְשִׁלַּחְתִּי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְשִׁלַּחְתִּי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·šil·laḥ·tî-
                
                
                     I will send 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Piel - Conjunctive perfect - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7971 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to send, send away, let go, stretch out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to send <BR> 1a2) to stretch out, extend, direct <BR> 1a3) to send away <BR> 1a4) to let loose <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be sent <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to send off or away or out or forth, dismiss, give over, cast out <BR> 1c2) to let go, set free <BR> 1c3) to shoot forth (of branches) <BR> 1c4) to let down <BR> 1c5) to shoot <BR> 1d) (Pual) to be sent off, be put away, be divorced, be impelled <BR> 1e) (Hiphil) to send 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·šil·laḥ·tî-
         I will send 
    
 
        
            אֵ֣שׁ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֵ֣שׁ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’êš
                
                
                     fire 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        784 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) fire <BR> 1a) fire, flames <BR> 1b) supernatural fire (accompanying theophany) <BR> 1c) fire (for cooking, roasting, parching) <BR> 1d) altar-fire <BR> 1e) God's anger (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’êš
         fire 
    
 
        
            בְּמָג֔וֹג 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּמָג֔וֹג 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·mā·ḡō·wḡ
                
                
                     on Magog 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4031 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Magog = |land of Gog| <BR> n pr m <BR> 1) the 2nd son of Japheth, grandson of Noah, and progenitor of several tribes northward from Israel <BR> n pr loc <BR> 2) the mountainous region between Cappadocia and Media and habitation of the descendants of Magog, son of Japheth and grandson of Noah 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·mā·ḡō·wḡ
         on Magog 
    
 
        
            וּבְיֹשְׁבֵ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּבְיֹשְׁבֵ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·ḇə·yō·šə·ḇê
                
                
                     and on those who dwell 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-b | Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3427 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to dwell, remain, sit, abide <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to sit, sit down <BR> 1a2) to be set <BR> 1a3) to remain, stay <BR> 1a4) to dwell, have one's abode <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be inhabited <BR> 1c) (Piel) to set, place <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to cause to sit <BR> 1d2) to cause to abide, set <BR> 1d3) to cause to dwell <BR> 1d4) to cause (cities) to be inhabited <BR> 1d5) to marry (give an dwelling to) <BR> 1e) (Hophal) <BR> 1e1) to be inhabited <BR> 1e2) to make to dwell 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·ḇə·yō·šə·ḇê
         and on those who dwell 
    
 
        
            לָבֶ֑טַח 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָבֶ֑טַח 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā·ḇe·ṭaḥ
                
                
                     securely 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        983 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        n m <BR> 1) security, safety <BR> adv <BR> 2) securely 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā·ḇe·ṭaḥ
         securely 
    
 
        
            הָאִיִּ֖ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָאִיִּ֖ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·’î·yîm
                
                
                     in the coastlands , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        339 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) coast, island, shore, region 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·’î·yîm
         in the coastlands , 
    
 
        
            וְיָדְע֖וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְיָדְע֖וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·yā·ḏə·‘ū
                
                
                     and they will know 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - third person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3045 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to know <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to know <BR> 1a1a) to know, learn to know <BR> 1a1b) to perceive <BR> 1a1c) to perceive and see, find out and discern <BR> 1a1d) to discriminate, distinguish <BR> 1a1e) to know by experience <BR> 1a1f) to recognise, admit, acknowledge, confess <BR> 1a1g) to consider <BR> 1a2) to know, be acquainted with <BR> 1a3) to know (a person carnally) <BR> 1a4) to know how, be skilful in <BR> 1a5) to have knowledge, be wise <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be made known, be or become known, be revealed <BR> 1b2) to make oneself known <BR> 1b3) to be perceived <BR> 1b4) to be instructed <BR> 1c) (Piel) to cause to know <BR> 1d) (Poal) to cause to know <BR> 1e) (Pual) <BR> 1e1) to be known <BR> 1e2) known, one known, acquaintance (participle) <BR> 1f) (Hiphil) to make known, declare <BR> 1g) (Hophal) to be made known <BR> 1h) (Hithpael) to make oneself known, reveal oneself 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·yā·ḏə·‘ū
         and they will know 
    
 
        
            כִּי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כִּי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kî-
                
                
                     that 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunction 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3588 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) that, for, because, when, as though, as, because that, but, then, certainly, except, surely, since <BR> 1a) that <BR> 1a1) yea, indeed <BR> 1b) when (of time) <BR> 1b1) when, if, though (with a concessive force) <BR> 1c) because, since (causal connection) <BR> 1d) but (after negative) <BR> 1e) that if, for if, indeed if, for though, but if <BR> 1f) but rather, but <BR> 1g) except that <BR> 1h) only, nevertheless <BR> 1i) surely <BR> 1j) that is <BR> 1k) but if <BR> 1l) for though <BR> 1m) forasmuch as, for therefore 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kî-
         that 
    
 
        
            אֲנִ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲנִ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·nî
                
                
                     I 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        589 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) I (first pers. sing. -usually used for emphasis) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·nî
         I 
    
 
        
            יְהוָֽה׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָֽה׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     am the LORD . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         am the LORD . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            So I will make My holy name known among My people Israel and will no longer allow it to be profaned. Then the nations will know that I am the LORD, the Holy One in Israel.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְאֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’eṯ-
                
                
                     So 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’eṯ-
         So 
    
 
        
            קָדְשִׁ֜י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קָדְשִׁ֜י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qāḏ·šî
                
                
                     I will make My holy 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6944 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) apartness, holiness, sacredness, separateness <BR> 1a) apartness, sacredness, holiness <BR> 1a1) of God <BR> 1a2) of places <BR> 1a3) of things <BR> 1b) set-apartness, separateness 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qāḏ·šî
         I will make My holy 
    
 
        
            שֵׁ֨ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שֵׁ֨ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šêm
                
                
                     name 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8034 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) name <BR> 1a) name <BR> 1b) reputation, fame, glory <BR> 1c) the Name (as designation of God) <BR> 1d) memorial, monument 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šêm
         name 
    
 
        
            אוֹדִ֗יעַ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אוֹדִ֗יעַ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ō·w·ḏî·a‘
                
                
                     known 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Hifil - Imperfect - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3045 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to know <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to know <BR> 1a1a) to know, learn to know <BR> 1a1b) to perceive <BR> 1a1c) to perceive and see, find out and discern <BR> 1a1d) to discriminate, distinguish <BR> 1a1e) to know by experience <BR> 1a1f) to recognise, admit, acknowledge, confess <BR> 1a1g) to consider <BR> 1a2) to know, be acquainted with <BR> 1a3) to know (a person carnally) <BR> 1a4) to know how, be skilful in <BR> 1a5) to have knowledge, be wise <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be made known, be or become known, be revealed <BR> 1b2) to make oneself known <BR> 1b3) to be perceived <BR> 1b4) to be instructed <BR> 1c) (Piel) to cause to know <BR> 1d) (Poal) to cause to know <BR> 1e) (Pual) <BR> 1e1) to be known <BR> 1e2) known, one known, acquaintance (participle) <BR> 1f) (Hiphil) to make known, declare <BR> 1g) (Hophal) to be made known <BR> 1h) (Hithpael) to make oneself known, reveal oneself 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ō·w·ḏî·a‘
         known 
    
 
        
            בְּתוֹךְ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּתוֹךְ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·ṯō·wḵ
                
                
                     among 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8432 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) midst, middle <BR> 1a) midst, middle <BR> 1b) into, through (after verbs of motion) <BR> 1c) among (of a number of persons) <BR> 1d) between (of things arranged by twos) <BR> 1e) from among (as to take or separate etc) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·ṯō·wḵ
         among 
    
 
        
            עַמִּ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַמִּ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘am·mî
                
                
                     My people 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5971 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) nation, people <BR> 1a) people, nation <BR> 1b) persons, members of one's people, compatriots, country-men <BR> 2) kinsman, kindred 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘am·mî
         My people 
    
 
        
            יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yiś·rā·’êl
                
                
                     Israel 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3478 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Israel = |God prevails|<BR> 1) the second name for Jacob given to him by God after his wrestling with the angel at Peniel <BR> 2) the name of the descendants and the nation of the descendants of Jacob <BR> 2a) the name of the nation until the death of Solomon and the split <BR> 2b) the name used and given to the northern kingdom consisting of the 10 tribes under Jeroboam; the southern kingdom was known as Judah <BR> 2c) the name of the nation after the return from exile 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yiś·rā·’êl
         Israel 
    
 
        
            וְלֹֽא־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְלֹֽא־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·lō-
                
                
                     and will no 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Adverb - Negative particle 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3808 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) not, no <BR> 1a) not (with verb-absolute prohibition) <BR> 1b) not (with modifier-negation) <BR> 1c) nothing (subst) <BR> 1d) without (with particle) <BR> 1e) before (of time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·lō-
         and will no 
    
 
        
            ע֑וֹד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
ע֑וֹד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ō·wḏ
                
                
                     longer 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5750 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        subst<BR> 1) a going round, continuance <BR> adv <BR> 2) still, yet, again, besides <BR> 2a) still, yet (of continuance or persistence) <BR> 2b) still, yet, more (of addition or repetition) <BR> 2c) again <BR> 2d) still, moreover, besides 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ō·wḏ
         longer 
    
 
        
            שֵׁם־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שֵׁם־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šêm-
                
                
                     allow it 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8034 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) name <BR> 1a) name <BR> 1b) reputation, fame, glory <BR> 1c) the Name (as designation of God) <BR> 1d) memorial, monument 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šêm-
         allow it 
    
 
        
            קָדְשִׁ֖י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קָדְשִׁ֖י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qāḏ·šî
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6944 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) apartness, holiness, sacredness, separateness <BR> 1a) apartness, sacredness, holiness <BR> 1a1) of God <BR> 1a2) of places <BR> 1a3) of things <BR> 1b) set-apartness, separateness 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qāḏ·šî
         . . . 
    
 
        
            אַחֵ֥ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַחֵ֥ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’a·ḥêl
                
                
                     to be profaned . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Hifil - Imperfect - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2490 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to profane, defile, pollute, desecrate, begin <BR> 1a) (Niphal) <BR> 1a1) to profane oneself, defile oneself, pollute oneself <BR> 1a1a) ritually <BR> 1a1b) sexually <BR> 1a2) to be polluted, be defiled <BR> 1b) (Piel) <BR> 1b1) to profane, make common, defile, pollute <BR> 1b2) to violate the honour of, dishonour <BR> 1b3) to violate (a covenant) <BR> 1b4) to treat as common <BR> 1c) (Pual) to profane (name of God) <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to let be profaned <BR> 1d2) to begin <BR> 1e) (Hophal) to be begun <BR> 2) to wound (fatally), bore through, pierce, bore <BR> 2a) (Qal) to pierce <BR> 2b) (Pual) to be slain <BR> 2c) (Poel) to wound, pierce <BR> 2d) (Poal) to be wounded <BR> 3) (Piel) to play the flute or pipe 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’a·ḥêl
         to be profaned . 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            הַגּוֹיִם֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַגּוֹיִם֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hag·gō·w·yim
                
                
                     Then the nations 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1471 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        n m <BR> 1) nation, people <BR> 1a) nation, people<BR> 1a1) usually of non-Hebrew people <BR> 1a2) of descendants of Abraham <BR> 1a3) of Israel <BR> 1b) of swarm of locusts, other animals (fig.) <BR> n pr m <BR> 1c) Goyim? = |nations| 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hag·gō·w·yim
         Then the nations 
    
 
        
            וְיָדְע֤וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְיָדְע֤וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·yā·ḏə·‘ū
                
                
                     will know 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - third person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3045 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to know <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to know <BR> 1a1a) to know, learn to know <BR> 1a1b) to perceive <BR> 1a1c) to perceive and see, find out and discern <BR> 1a1d) to discriminate, distinguish <BR> 1a1e) to know by experience <BR> 1a1f) to recognise, admit, acknowledge, confess <BR> 1a1g) to consider <BR> 1a2) to know, be acquainted with <BR> 1a3) to know (a person carnally) <BR> 1a4) to know how, be skilful in <BR> 1a5) to have knowledge, be wise <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be made known, be or become known, be revealed <BR> 1b2) to make oneself known <BR> 1b3) to be perceived <BR> 1b4) to be instructed <BR> 1c) (Piel) to cause to know <BR> 1d) (Poal) to cause to know <BR> 1e) (Pual) <BR> 1e1) to be known <BR> 1e2) known, one known, acquaintance (participle) <BR> 1f) (Hiphil) to make known, declare <BR> 1g) (Hophal) to be made known <BR> 1h) (Hithpael) to make oneself known, reveal oneself 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·yā·ḏə·‘ū
         will know 
    
 
        
            כִּי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כִּי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kî-
                
                
                     that 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunction 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3588 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) that, for, because, when, as though, as, because that, but, then, certainly, except, surely, since <BR> 1a) that <BR> 1a1) yea, indeed <BR> 1b) when (of time) <BR> 1b1) when, if, though (with a concessive force) <BR> 1c) because, since (causal connection) <BR> 1d) but (after negative) <BR> 1e) that if, for if, indeed if, for though, but if <BR> 1f) but rather, but <BR> 1g) except that <BR> 1h) only, nevertheless <BR> 1i) surely <BR> 1j) that is <BR> 1k) but if <BR> 1l) for though <BR> 1m) forasmuch as, for therefore 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kî-
         that 
    
 
        
            אֲנִ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲנִ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·nî
                
                
                     I 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        589 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) I (first pers. sing. -usually used for emphasis) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·nî
         I 
    
 
        
            יְהוָ֔ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָ֔ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     am the LORD , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         am the LORD , 
    
 
        
            קָד֖וֹשׁ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קָד֖וֹשׁ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qā·ḏō·wōš
                
                
                     the Holy 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adjective - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6918 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sacred, holy, Holy One, saint, set apart 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qā·ḏō·wōš
         the Holy 
    
 
        
            בְּיִשְׂרָאֵֽל׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּיִשְׂרָאֵֽל׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·yiś·rā·’êl
                
                
                     One in Israel . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3478 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Israel = |God prevails|<BR> 1) the second name for Jacob given to him by God after his wrestling with the angel at Peniel <BR> 2) the name of the descendants and the nation of the descendants of Jacob <BR> 2a) the name of the nation until the death of Solomon and the split <BR> 2b) the name used and given to the northern kingdom consisting of the 10 tribes under Jeroboam; the southern kingdom was known as Judah <BR> 2c) the name of the nation after the return from exile 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·yiś·rā·’êl
         One in Israel . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Yes, it is coming, and it will surely happen, declares the Lord GOD. This is the day of which I have spoken.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            הִנֵּ֤ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הִנֵּ֤ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hin·nêh
                
                
                     Yes , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Interjection 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2009 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) behold, lo, see, if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hin·nêh
         Yes , 
    
 
        
            בָאָה֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בָאָה֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḇā·’āh
                
                
                     it is coming , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        935 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to go in, enter, come, go, come in <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to enter, come in <BR> 1a2) to come <BR> 1a2a) to come with <BR> 1a2b) to come upon, fall or light upon, attack (enemy) <BR> 1a2c) to come to pass <BR> 1a3) to attain to <BR> 1a4) to be enumerated <BR> 1a5) to go <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) <BR> 1b1) to lead in <BR> 1b2) to carry in <BR> 1b3) to bring in, cause to come in, gather, cause to come, bring near, bring against, bring upon <BR> 1b4) to bring to pass <BR> 1c) (Hophal) <BR> 1c1) to be brought, brought in <BR> 1c2) to be introduced, be put 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḇā·’āh
         it is coming , 
    
 
        
            וְנִֽהְיָ֔תָה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְנִֽהְיָ֔תָה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·nih·yā·ṯāh
                
                
                     and it will surely happen , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Nifal - Conjunctive perfect - third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·nih·yā·ṯāh
         and it will surely happen , 
    
 
        
            נְאֻ֖ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נְאֻ֖ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nə·’um
                
                
                     declares 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5002 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (Qal) utterance, declaration (of prophet) <BR> 1a) utterance, declaration, revelation (of prophet in ecstatic state) <BR> 1b) utterance, declaration (elsewhere always preceding divine name) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nə·’um
         declares 
    
 
        
            אֲדֹנָ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲדֹנָ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·ḏō·nāy
                
                
                     the Lord 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        136 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) my lord, lord <BR> 1a) of men <BR> 1b) of God <BR> 2) Lord-title, spoken in place of Yahweh in Jewish display of reverence 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·ḏō·nāy
         the Lord 
    
 
        
            יְהוִ֑ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוִ֑ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     GOD . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3069 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) Jehovah-used primarily in the combination 'Lord Jehovah' <BR> 1a) equal to H03068 but pointed with the vowels of H0430 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         GOD . 
    
 
        
            ה֥וּא 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
ה֥וּא 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hū
                
                
                     This 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1931 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        pron 3p s<BR> 1) he, she, it <BR> 1a) himself (with emphasis) <BR> 1b) resuming subj with emphasis <BR> 1c) (with minimum emphasis following predicate) <BR> 1d) (anticipating subj) <BR> 1e) (emphasising predicate) <BR> 1f) that, it (neuter) demons pron <BR> 2) that (with article) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hū
         This 
    
 
        
            הַיּ֖וֹם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַיּ֖וֹם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hay·yō·wm
                
                
                     is the day 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3117 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) day, time, year <BR> 1a) day (as opposed to night) <BR> 1b) day (24 hour period) <BR> 1b1) as defined by evening and morning in Genesis 1 <BR> 1b2) as a division of time <BR> 1b2a) a working day, a day's journey <BR> 1c) days, lifetime (pl.) <BR> 1d) time, period (general) <BR> 1e) year <BR> 1f) temporal references <BR> 1f1) today <BR> 1f2) yesterday <BR> 1f3) tomorrow 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hay·yō·wm
         is the day 
    
 
        
            אֲשֶׁ֥ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲשֶׁ֥ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·šer
                
                
                     of which 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·šer
         of which 
    
 
        
            דִּבַּֽרְתִּי׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּבַּֽרְתִּי׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dib·bar·tî
                
                
                     I have spoken . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Piel - Perfect - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1696 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to speak, declare, converse, command, promise, warn, threaten, sing <BR> 1a) (Qal) to speak <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to speak with one another, talk <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to speak <BR> 1c2) to promise <BR> 1d) (Pual) to be spoken <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) to speak <BR> 1f) (Hiphil) to lead away, put to flight 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dib·bar·tî
         I have spoken . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Then those who dwell in the cities of Israel will go out, kindle fires, and burn up the weapons—the bucklers and shields, the bows and arrows, the clubs and spears. For seven years they will use them for fuel.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            יֹשְׁבֵ֣י׀ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יֹשְׁבֵ֣י׀ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yō·šə·ḇê
                
                
                     Then those who dwell 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3427 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to dwell, remain, sit, abide <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to sit, sit down <BR> 1a2) to be set <BR> 1a3) to remain, stay <BR> 1a4) to dwell, have one's abode <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be inhabited <BR> 1c) (Piel) to set, place <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to cause to sit <BR> 1d2) to cause to abide, set <BR> 1d3) to cause to dwell <BR> 1d4) to cause (cities) to be inhabited <BR> 1d5) to marry (give an dwelling to) <BR> 1e) (Hophal) <BR> 1e1) to be inhabited <BR> 1e2) to make to dwell 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yō·šə·ḇê
         Then those who dwell 
    
 
        
            עָרֵ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עָרֵ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ā·rê
                
                
                     in the cities 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5892 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) excitement, anguish <BR> 1a) of terror <BR> 2) city, town (a place of waking, guarded) <BR> 2a) city, town 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ā·rê
         in the cities 
    
 
        
            יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yiś·rā·’êl
                
                
                     of Israel 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3478 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Israel = |God prevails|<BR> 1) the second name for Jacob given to him by God after his wrestling with the angel at Peniel <BR> 2) the name of the descendants and the nation of the descendants of Jacob <BR> 2a) the name of the nation until the death of Solomon and the split <BR> 2b) the name used and given to the northern kingdom consisting of the 10 tribes under Jeroboam; the southern kingdom was known as Judah <BR> 2c) the name of the nation after the return from exile 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yiś·rā·’êl
         of Israel 
    
 
        
            וְֽיָצְא֞וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְֽיָצְא֞וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·yā·ṣə·’ū
                
                
                     will go out , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - third person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3318 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to go out, come out, exit, go forth <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to go or come out or forth, depart <BR> 1a2) to go forth (to a place) <BR> 1a3) to go forward, proceed to (to or toward something) <BR> 1a4) to come or go forth (with purpose or for result) <BR> 1a5) to come out of <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) <BR> 1b1) to cause to go or come out, bring out, lead out <BR> 1b2) to bring out of <BR> 1b3) to lead out <BR> 1b4) to deliver <BR> 1c) (Hophal) to be brought out or forth 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·yā·ṣə·’ū
         will go out , 
    
 
        
            וּבִעֲר֡וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּבִעֲר֡וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·ḇi·‘ă·rū
                
                
                     kindle fires , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Piel - Conjunctive perfect - third person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1197 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to burn, consume, kindle, be kindled <BR> 1a) (Qal)<BR> 1a1) to begin to burn, be kindled, start burning <BR> 1a2) to burn, be burning <BR> 1a3) to burn, consume <BR> 1a4) Jehovah's wrath, human wrath (fig.) <BR> 1b) (Piel) <BR> 1b1) to kindle, burn <BR> 1b2) to consume, remove (of guilt) (fig.) <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to kindle <BR> 1c2) to burn up <BR> 1c3) to consume (destroy) <BR> 1d) (Pual) to burn <BR> v denom <BR> 2) to be stupid, brutish, barbarous <BR> 2a) (Qal) to be stupid, dull-hearted, unreceptive <BR> 2b) (Niphal) to be stupid, dull-hearted <BR> 2c) (Piel) to feed, graze <BR> 2d) (Hiphil) to cause to be grazed over 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·ḇi·‘ă·rū
         kindle fires , 
    
 
        
            וְ֠הִשִּׂיקוּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְ֠הִשִּׂיקוּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·hiś·śî·qū
                
                
                     and burn up 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Hifil - Conjunctive perfect - third person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5400 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to kindle, burn <BR> 1a) (Niphal) to be kindled <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) to make a fire, burn 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·hiś·śî·qū
         and burn up 
    
 
        
            בְּנֶ֨שֶׁק 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּנֶ֨שֶׁק 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·ne·šeq
                
                
                     the weapons — 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5402 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) equipment, weapons, armoury <BR> 1a) equipment, weapons <BR> 1b) armoury 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·ne·šeq
         the weapons — 
    
 
        
            וּמָגֵ֤ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּמָגֵ֤ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·mā·ḡên
                
                
                     the bucklers 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4043 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) shield, buckler 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·mā·ḡên
         the bucklers 
    
 
        
            וְצִנָּה֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְצִנָּה֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ṣin·nāh
                
                
                     and shields , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6793 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) something piercing, hook, barb <BR> 1a) meaning dubious <BR> 2) coolness, cold (of snow) <BR> 3) shield, large shield, buckler <BR> 3a) shield 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ṣin·nāh
         and shields , 
    
 
        
            בְּקֶ֣שֶׁת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּקֶ֣שֶׁת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·qe·šeṯ
                
                
                     the bows 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7198 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) bow <BR> 1a) bow (for hunting, battle) <BR> 1b) bowmen, archers <BR> 1c) bow (fig. of might) <BR> 1d) rainbow 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·qe·šeṯ
         the bows 
    
 
        
            וּבְחִצִּ֔ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּבְחִצִּ֔ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·ḇə·ḥiṣ·ṣîm
                
                
                     and arrows , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-b | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2671 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) arrow 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·ḇə·ḥiṣ·ṣîm
         and arrows , 
    
 
        
            וּבְמַקֵּ֥ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּבְמַקֵּ֥ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·ḇə·maq·qêl
                
                
                     the clubs 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-b | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4731 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) rod, staff <BR> 1a) rod, stick <BR> 1b) staff (in travel) <BR> 1c) wand (of diviner) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·ḇə·maq·qêl
         the clubs 
    
 
        
            יָ֖ד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יָ֖ד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yāḏ
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3027 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) hand <BR> 1a) hand (of man)<BR> 1b) strength, power (fig.) <BR> 1c) side (of land), part, portion (metaph.) (fig.) <BR> 1d) (various special, technical senses) <BR> 1d1) sign, monument <BR> 1d2) part, fractional part, share <BR> 1d3) time, repetition <BR> 1d4) axle-trees, axle <BR> 1d5) stays, support (for laver) <BR> 1d6) tenons (in tabernacle) <BR> 1d7) a phallus, a hand (meaning unsure) <BR> 1d8) wrists 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yāḏ
         . . . 
    
 
        
            וּבְרֹ֑מַח 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּבְרֹ֑מַח 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·ḇə·rō·maḥ
                
                
                     and spears . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-b | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7420 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) spear, lance 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·ḇə·rō·maḥ
         and spears . 
    
 
        
            שֶׁ֥בַע 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שֶׁ֥בַע 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    še·ḇa‘
                
                
                     For seven 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Number - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7651 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) seven (cardinal number) <BR> 1a) as ordinal number <BR> 1b) in combination-17, 700 etc 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        še·ḇa‘
         For seven 
    
 
        
            שָׁנִֽים׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שָׁנִֽים׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šā·nîm
                
                
                     years 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8141 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) year <BR> 1a) as division of time <BR> 1b) as measure of time <BR> 1c) as indication of age <BR> 1d) a lifetime (of years of life) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šā·nîm
         years 
    
 
        
            וּבִעֲר֥וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּבִעֲר֥וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·ḇi·‘ă·rū
                
                
                     vvv 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Piel - Conjunctive perfect - third person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1197 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to burn, consume, kindle, be kindled <BR> 1a) (Qal)<BR> 1a1) to begin to burn, be kindled, start burning <BR> 1a2) to burn, be burning <BR> 1a3) to burn, consume <BR> 1a4) Jehovah's wrath, human wrath (fig.) <BR> 1b) (Piel) <BR> 1b1) to kindle, burn <BR> 1b2) to consume, remove (of guilt) (fig.) <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to kindle <BR> 1c2) to burn up <BR> 1c3) to consume (destroy) <BR> 1d) (Pual) to burn <BR> v denom <BR> 2) to be stupid, brutish, barbarous <BR> 2a) (Qal) to be stupid, dull-hearted, unreceptive <BR> 2b) (Niphal) to be stupid, dull-hearted <BR> 2c) (Piel) to feed, graze <BR> 2d) (Hiphil) to cause to be grazed over 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·ḇi·‘ă·rū
         vvv 
    
 
        
            בָהֶ֛ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בָהֶ֛ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḇā·hem
                
                
                     vvv 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḇā·hem
         vvv 
    
 
        
            אֵ֖שׁ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֵ֖שׁ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’êš
                
                
                     they will use them for fuel . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        784 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) fire <BR> 1a) fire, flames <BR> 1b) supernatural fire (accompanying theophany) <BR> 1c) fire (for cooking, roasting, parching) <BR> 1d) altar-fire <BR> 1e) God's anger (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’êš
         they will use them for fuel . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            They will not gather wood from the countryside or cut it from the forests, for they will use the weapons for fuel. They will loot those who looted them and plunder those who plundered them, declares the Lord GOD.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְלֹֽא־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְלֹֽא־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·lō-
                
                
                     They will not 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Adverb - Negative particle 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3808 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) not, no <BR> 1a) not (with verb-absolute prohibition) <BR> 1b) not (with modifier-negation) <BR> 1c) nothing (subst) <BR> 1d) without (with particle) <BR> 1e) before (of time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·lō-
         They will not 
    
 
        
            יִשְׂא֨וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִשְׂא֨וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yiś·’ū
                
                
                     gather 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5375 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to lift, bear up, carry, take <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to lift, lift up <BR> 1a2) to bear, carry, support, sustain, endure <BR> 1a3) to take, take away, carry off, forgive <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be lifted up, be exalted <BR> 1b2) to lift oneself up, rise up <BR> 1b3) to be borne, be carried <BR> 1b4) to be taken away, be carried off, be swept away <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to lift up, exalt, support, aid, assist <BR> 1c2) to desire, long (fig.) <BR> 1c3) to carry, bear continuously <BR> 1c4) to take, take away <BR> 1d) (Hithpael) to lift oneself up, exalt oneself <BR> 1e) (Hiphil) <BR> 1e1) to cause one to bear (iniquity) <BR> 1e2) to cause to bring, have brought 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yiś·’ū
         gather 
    
 
        
            עֵצִ֜ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֵצִ֜ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ê·ṣîm
                
                
                     wood 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6086 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) tree, wood, timber, stock, plank, stalk, stick, gallows <BR> 1a) tree, trees <BR> 1b) wood, pieces of wood, gallows, firewood, cedar-wood, woody flax 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ê·ṣîm
         wood 
    
 
        
            מִן־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִן־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    min-
                
                
                     from 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4480 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) from, out of, on account of, off, on the side of, since, above, than, so that not, more than <BR> 1a) from (expressing separation), off, on the side of <BR> 1b) out of <BR> 1b1) (with verbs of proceeding, removing, expelling) <BR> 1b2) (of material from which something is made) <BR> 1b3) (of source or origin) <BR> 1c) out of, some of, from (partitively) <BR> 1d) from, since, after (of time) <BR> 1e) than, more than (in comparison) <BR> 1f) from...even to, both...and, either...or <BR> 1g) than, more than, too much for (in comparisons) <BR> 1h) from, on account of, through, because (with infinitive) <BR> conj <BR> 2) that 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        min-
         from 
    
 
        
            הַשָּׂדֶ֗ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַשָּׂדֶ֗ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    haś·śā·ḏeh
                
                
                     the countryside 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7704 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) field, land <BR> 1a) cultivated field<BR> 1b) of home of wild beasts <BR> 1c) plain (opposed to mountain) <BR> 1d) land (opposed to sea) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        haś·śā·ḏeh
         the countryside 
    
 
        
            וְלֹ֤א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְלֹ֤א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·lō
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Adverb - Negative particle 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3808 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) not, no <BR> 1a) not (with verb-absolute prohibition) <BR> 1b) not (with modifier-negation) <BR> 1c) nothing (subst) <BR> 1d) without (with particle) <BR> 1e) before (of time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·lō
         . . . 
    
 
        
            יַחְטְבוּ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יַחְטְבוּ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yaḥ·ṭə·ḇū
                
                
                     or cut it 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2404 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to cut, gather <BR> 1a) (Qal) to cut, gather (wood) <BR> 1b) (Pual) to cut, carve 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yaḥ·ṭə·ḇū
         or cut it 
    
 
        
            מִן־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִן־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    min-
                
                
                     from 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4480 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) from, out of, on account of, off, on the side of, since, above, than, so that not, more than <BR> 1a) from (expressing separation), off, on the side of <BR> 1b) out of <BR> 1b1) (with verbs of proceeding, removing, expelling) <BR> 1b2) (of material from which something is made) <BR> 1b3) (of source or origin) <BR> 1c) out of, some of, from (partitively) <BR> 1d) from, since, after (of time) <BR> 1e) than, more than (in comparison) <BR> 1f) from...even to, both...and, either...or <BR> 1g) than, more than, too much for (in comparisons) <BR> 1h) from, on account of, through, because (with infinitive) <BR> conj <BR> 2) that 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        min-
         from 
    
 
        
            הַיְּעָרִ֔ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַיְּעָרִ֔ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hay·yə·‘ā·rîm
                
                
                     the forests , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3293 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) forest, wood, thicket, wooded height 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hay·yə·‘ā·rîm
         the forests , 
    
 
        
            כִּ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כִּ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kî
                
                
                     for 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunction 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3588 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) that, for, because, when, as though, as, because that, but, then, certainly, except, surely, since <BR> 1a) that <BR> 1a1) yea, indeed <BR> 1b) when (of time) <BR> 1b1) when, if, though (with a concessive force) <BR> 1c) because, since (causal connection) <BR> 1d) but (after negative) <BR> 1e) that if, for if, indeed if, for though, but if <BR> 1f) but rather, but <BR> 1g) except that <BR> 1h) only, nevertheless <BR> 1i) surely <BR> 1j) that is <BR> 1k) but if <BR> 1l) for though <BR> 1m) forasmuch as, for therefore 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kî
         for 
    
 
        
            בַנֶּ֖שֶׁק 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בַנֶּ֖שֶׁק 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḇan·ne·šeq
                
                
                     they will use the weapons 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b, Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5402 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) equipment, weapons, armoury <BR> 1a) equipment, weapons <BR> 1b) armoury 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḇan·ne·šeq
         they will use the weapons 
    
 
        
            יְבַֽעֲרוּ־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְבַֽעֲרוּ־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yə·ḇa·‘ă·rū-
                
                
                     for fuel 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Piel - Imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1197 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to burn, consume, kindle, be kindled <BR> 1a) (Qal)<BR> 1a1) to begin to burn, be kindled, start burning <BR> 1a2) to burn, be burning <BR> 1a3) to burn, consume <BR> 1a4) Jehovah's wrath, human wrath (fig.) <BR> 1b) (Piel) <BR> 1b1) to kindle, burn <BR> 1b2) to consume, remove (of guilt) (fig.) <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to kindle <BR> 1c2) to burn up <BR> 1c3) to consume (destroy) <BR> 1d) (Pual) to burn <BR> v denom <BR> 2) to be stupid, brutish, barbarous <BR> 2a) (Qal) to be stupid, dull-hearted, unreceptive <BR> 2b) (Niphal) to be stupid, dull-hearted <BR> 2c) (Piel) to feed, graze <BR> 2d) (Hiphil) to cause to be grazed over 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yə·ḇa·‘ă·rū-
         for fuel 
    
 
        
            אֵ֑שׁ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֵ֑שׁ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’êš
                
                
                     . . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        784 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) fire <BR> 1a) fire, flames <BR> 1b) supernatural fire (accompanying theophany) <BR> 1c) fire (for cooking, roasting, parching) <BR> 1d) altar-fire <BR> 1e) God's anger (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’êš
         . . . . 
    
 
        
            וְשָׁלְל֣וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְשָׁלְל֣וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·šā·lə·lū
                
                
                     They will loot 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - third person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7997 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (Qal) to draw out <BR> 2) to spoil, plunder, take spoil <BR> 2a) (Qal) to spoil, plunder <BR> 2b) (Hithpolel) to be spoiled, be plundered 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·šā·lə·lū
         They will loot 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            שֹׁלְלֵיהֶ֗ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שֹׁלְלֵיהֶ֗ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šō·lə·lê·hem
                
                
                     those who looted them 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine plural construct | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7997 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (Qal) to draw out <BR> 2) to spoil, plunder, take spoil <BR> 2a) (Qal) to spoil, plunder <BR> 2b) (Hithpolel) to be spoiled, be plundered 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šō·lə·lê·hem
         those who looted them 
    
 
        
            וּבָֽזְזוּ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּבָֽזְזוּ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·ḇā·zə·zū
                
                
                     and plunder 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - third person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        962 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to spoil, plunder, prey upon, seize <BR> 1a) (Qal) to spoil, plunder, despoil <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be spoiled, plundered <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be taken as spoil 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·ḇā·zə·zū
         and plunder 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            בֹּ֣זְזֵיהֶ֔ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֹּ֣זְזֵיהֶ֔ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bō·zə·zê·hem
                
                
                     those who plundered them , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine plural construct | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        962 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to spoil, plunder, prey upon, seize <BR> 1a) (Qal) to spoil, plunder, despoil <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be spoiled, plundered <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be taken as spoil 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bō·zə·zê·hem
         those who plundered them , 
    
 
        
            נְאֻ֖ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נְאֻ֖ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nə·’um
                
                
                     declares 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5002 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (Qal) utterance, declaration (of prophet) <BR> 1a) utterance, declaration, revelation (of prophet in ecstatic state) <BR> 1b) utterance, declaration (elsewhere always preceding divine name) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nə·’um
         declares 
    
 
        
            אֲדֹנָ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲדֹנָ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·ḏō·nāy
                
                
                     the Lord 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        136 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) my lord, lord <BR> 1a) of men <BR> 1b) of God <BR> 2) Lord-title, spoken in place of Yahweh in Jewish display of reverence 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·ḏō·nāy
         the Lord 
    
 
        
            יְהוִֽה׃ס 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוִֽה׃ס 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     GOD . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3069 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) Jehovah-used primarily in the combination 'Lord Jehovah' <BR> 1a) equal to H03068 but pointed with the vowels of H0430 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         GOD . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            And on that day I will give Gog a burial place in Israel, the Valley of the Travelers, east of the Sea. It will block those who travel through, because Gog and all his hordes will be buried there. So it will be called the Valley of Hamon-gog.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְהָיָ֣ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהָיָ֣ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·hā·yāh
                
                
                     And 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·hā·yāh
         And 
    
 
        
            הַה֡וּא 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַה֡וּא 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ha·hū
                
                
                     on that 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Pronoun - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1931 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        pron 3p s<BR> 1) he, she, it <BR> 1a) himself (with emphasis) <BR> 1b) resuming subj with emphasis <BR> 1c) (with minimum emphasis following predicate) <BR> 1d) (anticipating subj) <BR> 1e) (emphasising predicate) <BR> 1f) that, it (neuter) demons pron <BR> 2) that (with article) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ha·hū
         on that 
    
 
        
            בַיּ֣וֹם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בַיּ֣וֹם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḇay·yō·wm
                
                
                     day 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b, Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3117 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) day, time, year <BR> 1a) day (as opposed to night) <BR> 1b) day (24 hour period) <BR> 1b1) as defined by evening and morning in Genesis 1 <BR> 1b2) as a division of time <BR> 1b2a) a working day, a day's journey <BR> 1c) days, lifetime (pl.) <BR> 1d) time, period (general) <BR> 1e) year <BR> 1f) temporal references <BR> 1f1) today <BR> 1f2) yesterday <BR> 1f3) tomorrow 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḇay·yō·wm
         day 
    
 
        
            אֶתֵּ֣ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶתֵּ֣ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’et·tên
                
                
                     I will give 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5414 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to give, put, set <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to give, bestow, grant, permit, ascribe, employ, devote, consecrate, dedicate, pay wages, sell, exchange, lend, commit, entrust, give over, deliver up, yield produce, occasion, produce, requite to, report, mention, utter, stretch out, extend <BR> 1a2) to put, set, put on, put upon, set, appoint, assign, designate <BR> 1a3) to make, constitute <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be given, be bestowed, be provided, be entrusted to, be granted to, be permitted, be issued, be published, be uttered, be assigned <BR> 1b2) to be set, be put, be made, be inflicted <BR> 1c) (Hophal) <BR> 1c1) to be given, be bestowed, be given up, be delivered up <BR> 1c2) to be put upon 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’et·tên
         I will give 
    
 
        
            לְגוֹג֩׀ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְגוֹג֩׀ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·ḡō·wḡ
                
                
                     Gog 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1463 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Gog = |mountain|<BR> 1) a Reubenite, son of Shemaiah <BR> 2) the prophetic prince of Rosh, Meshech and Tubal, and Magog 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·ḡō·wḡ
         Gog 
    
 
        
            קֶ֜בֶר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קֶ֜בֶר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qe·ḇer
                
                
                     a burial 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6913 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) grave, sepulchre, tomb 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qe·ḇer
         a burial 
    
 
        
            מְקֽוֹם־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מְקֽוֹם־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mə·qō·wm-
                
                
                     place 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4725 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) standing place, place <BR> 1a) standing place, station, post, office <BR> 1b) place, place of human abode <BR> 1c) city, land, region <BR> 1d) place, locality, spot <BR> 1e) space, room, distance <BR> 1f) region, quarter, direction <BR> 1g) give place to, instead of 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mə·qō·wm-
         place 
    
 
        
            שָׁ֨ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שָׁ֨ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šām
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8033 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) there, thither <BR> 1a) there <BR> 1b) thither (after verbs of motion) <BR> 1c) from there, thence <BR> 1d) then (as an adverb of time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šām
         - 
    
 
        
            בְּיִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּיִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·yiś·rā·’êl
                
                
                     in Israel , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3478 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Israel = |God prevails|<BR> 1) the second name for Jacob given to him by God after his wrestling with the angel at Peniel <BR> 2) the name of the descendants and the nation of the descendants of Jacob <BR> 2a) the name of the nation until the death of Solomon and the split <BR> 2b) the name used and given to the northern kingdom consisting of the 10 tribes under Jeroboam; the southern kingdom was known as Judah <BR> 2c) the name of the nation after the return from exile 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·yiś·rā·’êl
         in Israel , 
    
 
        
            גֵּ֤י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
גֵּ֤י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    gê
                
                
                     the Valley 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - common singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1516 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) valley, a steep valley, narrow gorge 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        gê
         the Valley 
    
 
        
            הָעֹֽבְרִים֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָעֹֽבְרִים֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·‘ō·ḇə·rîm
                
                
                     of the Travelers , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5674 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to pass over or by or through, alienate, bring, carry, do away, take, take away, transgress <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to pass over, cross, cross over, pass over, march over, overflow, go over <BR> 1a2) to pass beyond <BR> 1a3) to pass through, traverse <BR> 1a3a) passers-through (participle) <BR> 1a3b) to pass through (the parts of victim in covenant) <BR> 1a4) to pass along, pass by, overtake and pass, sweep by <BR> 1a4a) passer-by (participle) <BR> 1a4b) to be past, be over <BR> 1a5) to pass on, go on, pass on before, go in advance of, pass along, travel, advance <BR> 1a6) to pass away <BR> 1a6a) to emigrate, leave (one's territory) <BR> 1a6b) to vanish <BR> 1a6c) to perish, cease to exist <BR> 1a6d) to become invalid, become obsolete (of law, decree) <BR> 1a6e) to be alienated, pass into other hands <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be crossed <BR> 1c) (Piel) to impregnate, cause to cross <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to cause to pass over, cause to bring over, cause to cross over, make over to, dedicate, devote <BR> 1d2) to cause to pass through <BR> 1d3) to cause to pass by or beyond or under, let pass by <BR> 1d4) to cause to pass away, cause to take away <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) to pass over 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·‘ō·ḇə·rîm
         of the Travelers , 
    
 
        
            קִדְמַ֣ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קִדְמַ֣ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qiḏ·maṯ
                
                
                     east 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6926 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) forward, front, east, antiquity, East <BR> 1a) in front of, over against, front <BR> 1b) on the east of, east 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qiḏ·maṯ
         east 
    
 
        
            הַיָּ֔ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַיָּ֔ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hay·yām
                
                
                     of the Sea . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3220 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sea <BR> 1a) Mediterranean Sea <BR> 1b) Red Sea <BR> 1c) Dead Sea <BR> 1d) Sea of Galilee <BR> 1e) sea (general) <BR> 1f) mighty river (Nile) <BR> 1g) the sea (the great basin in the temple court) <BR> 1h) seaward, west, westward 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hay·yām
         of the Sea . 
    
 
        
            הִ֖יא 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הִ֖יא 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hî
                
                
                     It 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1931 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        pron 3p s<BR> 1) he, she, it <BR> 1a) himself (with emphasis) <BR> 1b) resuming subj with emphasis <BR> 1c) (with minimum emphasis following predicate) <BR> 1d) (anticipating subj) <BR> 1e) (emphasising predicate) <BR> 1f) that, it (neuter) demons pron <BR> 2) that (with article) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hî
         It 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            וְחֹסֶ֥מֶת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְחֹסֶ֥מֶת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ḥō·se·meṯ
                
                
                     will block 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Participle - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2629 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (Qal) to stop up, muzzle 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ḥō·se·meṯ
         will block 
    
 
        
            הָעֹֽבְרִ֑ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָעֹֽבְרִ֑ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·‘ō·ḇə·rîm
                
                
                     those who travel through , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5674 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to pass over or by or through, alienate, bring, carry, do away, take, take away, transgress <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to pass over, cross, cross over, pass over, march over, overflow, go over <BR> 1a2) to pass beyond <BR> 1a3) to pass through, traverse <BR> 1a3a) passers-through (participle) <BR> 1a3b) to pass through (the parts of victim in covenant) <BR> 1a4) to pass along, pass by, overtake and pass, sweep by <BR> 1a4a) passer-by (participle) <BR> 1a4b) to be past, be over <BR> 1a5) to pass on, go on, pass on before, go in advance of, pass along, travel, advance <BR> 1a6) to pass away <BR> 1a6a) to emigrate, leave (one's territory) <BR> 1a6b) to vanish <BR> 1a6c) to perish, cease to exist <BR> 1a6d) to become invalid, become obsolete (of law, decree) <BR> 1a6e) to be alienated, pass into other hands <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be crossed <BR> 1c) (Piel) to impregnate, cause to cross <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to cause to pass over, cause to bring over, cause to cross over, make over to, dedicate, devote <BR> 1d2) to cause to pass through <BR> 1d3) to cause to pass by or beyond or under, let pass by <BR> 1d4) to cause to pass away, cause to take away <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) to pass over 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·‘ō·ḇə·rîm
         those who travel through , 
    
 
        
            גּוֹג֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
גּוֹג֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    gō·wḡ
                
                
                     because Gog 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1463 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Gog = |mountain|<BR> 1) a Reubenite, son of Shemaiah <BR> 2) the prophetic prince of Rosh, Meshech and Tubal, and Magog 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        gō·wḡ
         because Gog 
    
 
        
            וְאֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            כָּל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כָּל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kāl-
                
                
                     and all 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3605 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, the whole <BR> 1a) all, the whole of <BR> 1b) any, each, every, anything <BR> 1c) totality, everything 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kāl-
         and all 
    
 
        
            הֲמוֹנֹ֔ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הֲמוֹנֹ֔ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hă·mō·nōh
                
                
                     his hordes 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1995 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (Qal) murmur, roar, crowd, abundance, tumult, sound <BR> 1a) sound, murmur, rush, roar <BR> 1b) tumult, confusion <BR> 1c) crowd, multitude <BR> 1d) great number, abundance <BR> 1e) abundance, wealth 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hă·mō·nōh
         his hordes 
    
 
        
            וְקָ֣בְרוּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְקָ֣בְרוּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·qā·ḇə·rū
                
                
                     will be buried 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - third person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6912 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to bury <BR> 1a) (Qal) to bury <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be buried <BR> 1c) (Piel) to bury, bury (in masses) <BR> 1d) (Pual) to be buried 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·qā·ḇə·rū
         will be buried 
    
 
        
            שָׁ֗ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שָׁ֗ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šām
                
                
                     there . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8033 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) there, thither <BR> 1a) there <BR> 1b) thither (after verbs of motion) <BR> 1c) from there, thence <BR> 1d) then (as an adverb of time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šām
         there . 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            וְקָ֣רְא֔וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְקָ֣רְא֔וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·qā·rə·’ū
                
                
                     So it will be called 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - third person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to call, call out, recite, read, cry out, proclaim <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to call, cry, utter a loud sound <BR> 1a2) to call unto, cry (for help), call (with name of God) <BR> 1a3) to proclaim <BR> 1a4) to read aloud, read (to oneself), read <BR> 1a5) to summon, invite, call for, call and commission, appoint, call and endow <BR> 1a6) to call, name, give name to, call by <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to call oneself <BR> 1b2) to be called, be proclaimed, be read aloud, be summoned, be named <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be called, be named, be called out, be chosen 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·qā·rə·’ū
         So it will be called 
    
 
        
            גֵּ֖יא 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
גֵּ֖יא 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    gê
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1516 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) valley, a steep valley, narrow gorge 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        gê
         . . . 
    
 
        
            הֲמ֥וֹן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הֲמ֥וֹן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hă·mō·wn
                
                
                     vvv 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                         
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1996 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Hamon-gog = |multitude of Gog|<BR> 1) the name to be given to a valley of graves; ravine or glen, now known as 'the ravine of the passengers', located on the east side of the Dead Sea 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hă·mō·wn
         vvv 
    
 
        
            גּֽוֹג׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
גּֽוֹג׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    gō·wḡ
                
                
                     the Valley of Hamon-gog . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1996 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Hamon-gog = |multitude of Gog|<BR> 1) the name to be given to a valley of graves; ravine or glen, now known as 'the ravine of the passengers', located on the east side of the Dead Sea 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        gō·wḡ
         the Valley of Hamon-gog . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            For seven months the house of Israel will be burying them in order to cleanse the land.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            שִׁבְעָ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שִׁבְעָ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šiḇ·‘āh
                
                
                     For seven 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Number - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7651 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) seven (cardinal number) <BR> 1a) as ordinal number <BR> 1b) in combination-17, 700 etc 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šiḇ·‘āh
         For seven 
    
 
        
            חֳדָשִֽׁים׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חֳדָשִֽׁים׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥo·ḏā·šîm
                
                
                     months 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2320 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) the new moon, month, monthly <BR> 1a) the first day of the month <BR> 1b) the lunar month 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥo·ḏā·šîm
         months 
    
 
        
            בֵּ֣ית 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֵּ֣ית 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bêṯ
                
                
                     the house 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1004 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        nm <BR> 1) house <BR> 1a) house, dwelling habitation <BR> 1b) shelter or abode of animals <BR> 1c) human bodies (fig.) <BR> 1d) of Sheol <BR> 1e) of abode of light and darkness <BR> 1f) of land of Ephraim <BR> 2) place <BR> 3) receptacle <BR> 4) home, house as containing a family <BR> 5) household, family <BR> 5a) those belonging to the same household <BR> 5b) family of descendants, descendants as organized body <BR> 6) household affairs <BR> 7) inwards (metaph.) <BR> 8) (TWOT) temple <BR> adv <BR> 9) on the inside <BR> prep <BR> 10) within 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bêṯ
         the house 
    
 
        
            יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yiś·rā·’êl
                
                
                     of Israel 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3478 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Israel = |God prevails|<BR> 1) the second name for Jacob given to him by God after his wrestling with the angel at Peniel <BR> 2) the name of the descendants and the nation of the descendants of Jacob <BR> 2a) the name of the nation until the death of Solomon and the split <BR> 2b) the name used and given to the northern kingdom consisting of the 10 tribes under Jeroboam; the southern kingdom was known as Judah <BR> 2c) the name of the nation after the return from exile 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yiś·rā·’êl
         of Israel 
    
 
        
            וּקְבָרוּם֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּקְבָרוּם֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·qə·ḇā·rūm
                
                
                     will be burying them 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - third person common plural | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6912 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to bury <BR> 1a) (Qal) to bury <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be buried <BR> 1c) (Piel) to bury, bury (in masses) <BR> 1d) (Pual) to be buried 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·qə·ḇā·rūm
         will be burying them 
    
 
        
            לְמַ֖עַן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְמַ֖עַן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·ma·‘an
                
                
                     in order 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunction 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4616 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) purpose, intent prep <BR> 1a) for the sake of <BR> 1b) in view of, on account of <BR> 1c) for the purpose of, to the intent that, in order to conj <BR> 1d) to the end that 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·ma·‘an
         in order 
    
 
        
            טַהֵ֣ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
טַהֵ֣ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṭa·hêr
                
                
                     to cleanse 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Piel - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2891 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be clean, be pure <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to be clean (physically-of disease) <BR> 1a2) to be clean ceremonially <BR> 1a3) to purify, be clean morally, made clean <BR> 1b) (Piel) <BR> 1b1) to cleanse, purify <BR> 1b1a) physically <BR> 1b1b) ceremonially <BR> 1b1c) morally <BR> 1b2) to pronounce clean <BR> 1b3) to perform the ceremony of cleansing <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be cleansed, be pronounced clean <BR> 1d) (Hithpael) <BR> 1d1) to purify oneself <BR> 1d1a) ceremonially <BR> 1d1b) morally <BR> 1d2) to present oneself for purification 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṭa·hêr
         to cleanse 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         
    
 
        
            הָאָ֑רֶץ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָאָ֑רֶץ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·’ā·reṣ
                
                
                     the land . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        776 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) land, earth<BR> 1a) earth <BR> 1a1) whole earth (as opposed to a part) <BR> 1a2) earth (as opposed to heaven) <BR> 1a3) earth (inhabitants) <BR> 1b) land <BR> 1b1) country, territory <BR> 1b2) district, region <BR> 1b3) tribal territory <BR> 1b4) piece of ground <BR> 1b5) land of Canaan, Israel <BR> 1b6) inhabitants of land <BR> 1b7) Sheol, land without return, (under) world <BR> 1b8) city (-state) <BR> 1c) ground, surface of the earth <BR> 1c1) ground <BR> 1c2) soil <BR> 1d) (in phrases) <BR> 1d1) people of the land <BR> 1d2) space or distance of country (in measurements of distance) <BR> 1d3) level or plain country <BR> 1d4) land of the living <BR> 1d5) end(s) of the earth <BR> 1e) (almost wholly late in usage) <BR> 1e1) lands, countries <BR> 1e1a) often in contrast to Canaan 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·’ā·reṣ
         the land . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            All the people of the land will bury them, and it will bring them renown on the day I display My glory, declares the Lord GOD.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            כָּל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כָּל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kāl-
                
                
                     All 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3605 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, the whole <BR> 1a) all, the whole of <BR> 1b) any, each, every, anything <BR> 1c) totality, everything 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kāl-
         All 
    
 
        
            עַ֣ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַ֣ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘am
                
                
                     the people 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5971 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) nation, people <BR> 1a) people, nation <BR> 1b) persons, members of one's people, compatriots, country-men <BR> 2) kinsman, kindred 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘am
         the people 
    
 
        
            הָאָ֔רֶץ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָאָ֔רֶץ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·’ā·reṣ
                
                
                     of the land 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        776 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) land, earth<BR> 1a) earth <BR> 1a1) whole earth (as opposed to a part) <BR> 1a2) earth (as opposed to heaven) <BR> 1a3) earth (inhabitants) <BR> 1b) land <BR> 1b1) country, territory <BR> 1b2) district, region <BR> 1b3) tribal territory <BR> 1b4) piece of ground <BR> 1b5) land of Canaan, Israel <BR> 1b6) inhabitants of land <BR> 1b7) Sheol, land without return, (under) world <BR> 1b8) city (-state) <BR> 1c) ground, surface of the earth <BR> 1c1) ground <BR> 1c2) soil <BR> 1d) (in phrases) <BR> 1d1) people of the land <BR> 1d2) space or distance of country (in measurements of distance) <BR> 1d3) level or plain country <BR> 1d4) land of the living <BR> 1d5) end(s) of the earth <BR> 1e) (almost wholly late in usage) <BR> 1e1) lands, countries <BR> 1e1a) often in contrast to Canaan 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·’ā·reṣ
         of the land 
    
 
        
            וְקָֽבְרוּ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְקָֽבְרוּ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·qā·ḇə·rū
                
                
                     will bury them , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - third person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6912 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to bury <BR> 1a) (Qal) to bury <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be buried <BR> 1c) (Piel) to bury, bury (in masses) <BR> 1d) (Pual) to be buried 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·qā·ḇə·rū
         will bury them , 
    
 
        
            וְהָיָ֥ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהָיָ֥ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·hā·yāh
                
                
                     and it will bring them 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·hā·yāh
         and it will bring them 
    
 
        
            לָהֶ֖ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָהֶ֖ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā·hem
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā·hem
         - 
    
 
        
            לְשֵׁ֑ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְשֵׁ֑ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·šêm
                
                
                     renown 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8034 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) name <BR> 1a) name <BR> 1b) reputation, fame, glory <BR> 1c) the Name (as designation of God) <BR> 1d) memorial, monument 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·šêm
         renown 
    
 
        
            י֚וֹם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
י֚וֹם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yō·wm
                
                
                     on the day 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3117 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) day, time, year <BR> 1a) day (as opposed to night) <BR> 1b) day (24 hour period) <BR> 1b1) as defined by evening and morning in Genesis 1 <BR> 1b2) as a division of time <BR> 1b2a) a working day, a day's journey <BR> 1c) days, lifetime (pl.) <BR> 1d) time, period (general) <BR> 1e) year <BR> 1f) temporal references <BR> 1f1) today <BR> 1f2) yesterday <BR> 1f3) tomorrow 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yō·wm
         on the day 
    
 
        
            הִכָּ֣בְדִ֔י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הִכָּ֣בְדִ֔י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hik·kā·ḇə·ḏî
                
                
                     I display My glory , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Nifal - Infinitive construct | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3513 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be heavy, be weighty, be grievous, be hard, be rich, be honourable, be glorious, be burdensome, be honoured <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to be heavy <BR> 1a2) to be heavy, be insensible, be dull <BR> 1a3) to be honoured <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be made heavy, be honoured, enjoy honour, be made abundant <BR> 1b2) to get oneself glory or honour, gain glory <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to make heavy, make dull, make insensible <BR> 1c2) to make honourable, honour, glorify <BR> 1d) (Pual) to be made honourable, be honoured <BR> 1e) (Hiphil) <BR> 1e1) to make heavy <BR> 1e2) to make heavy, make dull, make unresponsive <BR> 1e3) to cause to be honoured <BR> 1f) (Hithpael) <BR> 1f1) to make oneself heavy, make oneself dense, make oneself numerous <BR> 1f2) to honour oneself 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hik·kā·ḇə·ḏî
         I display My glory , 
    
 
        
            נְאֻ֖ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נְאֻ֖ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nə·’um
                
                
                     declares 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5002 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (Qal) utterance, declaration (of prophet) <BR> 1a) utterance, declaration, revelation (of prophet in ecstatic state) <BR> 1b) utterance, declaration (elsewhere always preceding divine name) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nə·’um
         declares 
    
 
        
            אֲדֹנָ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲדֹנָ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·ḏō·nāy
                
                
                     the Lord 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        136 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) my lord, lord <BR> 1a) of men <BR> 1b) of God <BR> 2) Lord-title, spoken in place of Yahweh in Jewish display of reverence 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·ḏō·nāy
         the Lord 
    
 
        
            יְהוִֽה׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוִֽה׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     GOD . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3069 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) Jehovah-used primarily in the combination 'Lord Jehovah' <BR> 1a) equal to H03068 but pointed with the vowels of H0430 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         GOD . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            And men will be employed to continually pass through the land to cleanse it by burying the invaders who remain on the ground. At the end of the seven months they will begin their search.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְאַנְשֵׁ֨י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאַנְשֵׁ֨י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’an·šê
                
                
                     And men 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        582 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) man, mortal man, person, mankind <BR> 1a) of an individual <BR> 1b) men (collective) <BR> 1c) man, mankind 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’an·šê
         And men 
    
 
        
            יַבְדִּ֙ילוּ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יַבְדִּ֙ילוּ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yaḇ·dî·lū
                
                
                     will be employed 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Hifil - Imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        914 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to divide, separate <BR> 1a) (Hiphil) <BR> 1a1) to divide, separate, sever <BR> 1a2) to separate, set apart <BR> 1a3) to make a distinction, difference <BR> 1a4) to divide into parts <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to separate oneself from (reflexive of 1a2) <BR> 1b2) to withdraw from <BR> 1b3) to separate oneself unto <BR> 1b4) to be separated <BR> 1b5) to be excluded <BR> 1b6) to be set apart 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yaḇ·dî·lū
         will be employed 
    
 
        
            תָמִ֤יד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תָמִ֤יד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṯā·mîḏ
                
                
                     to continually 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8548 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) continuity, perpetuity, to stretch <BR> 1a) continually, continuously (as adverb) <BR> 1b) continuity (subst) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṯā·mîḏ
         to continually 
    
 
        
            עֹבְרִ֣ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֹבְרִ֣ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ō·ḇə·rîm
                
                
                     pass 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5674 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to pass over or by or through, alienate, bring, carry, do away, take, take away, transgress <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to pass over, cross, cross over, pass over, march over, overflow, go over <BR> 1a2) to pass beyond <BR> 1a3) to pass through, traverse <BR> 1a3a) passers-through (participle) <BR> 1a3b) to pass through (the parts of victim in covenant) <BR> 1a4) to pass along, pass by, overtake and pass, sweep by <BR> 1a4a) passer-by (participle) <BR> 1a4b) to be past, be over <BR> 1a5) to pass on, go on, pass on before, go in advance of, pass along, travel, advance <BR> 1a6) to pass away <BR> 1a6a) to emigrate, leave (one's territory) <BR> 1a6b) to vanish <BR> 1a6c) to perish, cease to exist <BR> 1a6d) to become invalid, become obsolete (of law, decree) <BR> 1a6e) to be alienated, pass into other hands <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be crossed <BR> 1c) (Piel) to impregnate, cause to cross <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to cause to pass over, cause to bring over, cause to cross over, make over to, dedicate, devote <BR> 1d2) to cause to pass through <BR> 1d3) to cause to pass by or beyond or under, let pass by <BR> 1d4) to cause to pass away, cause to take away <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) to pass over 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ō·ḇə·rîm
         pass 
    
 
        
            בָּאָ֔רֶץ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בָּאָ֔רֶץ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bā·’ā·reṣ
                
                
                     through the land 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b, Article | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        776 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) land, earth<BR> 1a) earth <BR> 1a1) whole earth (as opposed to a part) <BR> 1a2) earth (as opposed to heaven) <BR> 1a3) earth (inhabitants) <BR> 1b) land <BR> 1b1) country, territory <BR> 1b2) district, region <BR> 1b3) tribal territory <BR> 1b4) piece of ground <BR> 1b5) land of Canaan, Israel <BR> 1b6) inhabitants of land <BR> 1b7) Sheol, land without return, (under) world <BR> 1b8) city (-state) <BR> 1c) ground, surface of the earth <BR> 1c1) ground <BR> 1c2) soil <BR> 1d) (in phrases) <BR> 1d1) people of the land <BR> 1d2) space or distance of country (in measurements of distance) <BR> 1d3) level or plain country <BR> 1d4) land of the living <BR> 1d5) end(s) of the earth <BR> 1e) (almost wholly late in usage) <BR> 1e1) lands, countries <BR> 1e1a) often in contrast to Canaan 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bā·’ā·reṣ
         through the land 
    
 
        
            לְטַֽהֲרָ֑הּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְטַֽהֲרָ֑הּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·ṭa·hă·rāh
                
                
                     to cleanse it 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Piel - Infinitive construct | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2891 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be clean, be pure <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to be clean (physically-of disease) <BR> 1a2) to be clean ceremonially <BR> 1a3) to purify, be clean morally, made clean <BR> 1b) (Piel) <BR> 1b1) to cleanse, purify <BR> 1b1a) physically <BR> 1b1b) ceremonially <BR> 1b1c) morally <BR> 1b2) to pronounce clean <BR> 1b3) to perform the ceremony of cleansing <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be cleansed, be pronounced clean <BR> 1d) (Hithpael) <BR> 1d1) to purify oneself <BR> 1d1a) ceremonially <BR> 1d1b) morally <BR> 1d2) to present oneself for purification 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·ṭa·hă·rāh
         to cleanse it 
    
 
        
            מְקַבְּרִ֣ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מְקַבְּרִ֣ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mə·qab·bə·rîm
                
                
                     by burying 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Piel - Participle - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6912 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to bury <BR> 1a) (Qal) to bury <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be buried <BR> 1c) (Piel) to bury, bury (in masses) <BR> 1d) (Pual) to be buried 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mə·qab·bə·rîm
         by burying 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            הָעֹבְרִ֗ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָעֹבְרִ֗ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·‘ō·ḇə·rîm
                
                
                     the invaders 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5674 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to pass over or by or through, alienate, bring, carry, do away, take, take away, transgress <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to pass over, cross, cross over, pass over, march over, overflow, go over <BR> 1a2) to pass beyond <BR> 1a3) to pass through, traverse <BR> 1a3a) passers-through (participle) <BR> 1a3b) to pass through (the parts of victim in covenant) <BR> 1a4) to pass along, pass by, overtake and pass, sweep by <BR> 1a4a) passer-by (participle) <BR> 1a4b) to be past, be over <BR> 1a5) to pass on, go on, pass on before, go in advance of, pass along, travel, advance <BR> 1a6) to pass away <BR> 1a6a) to emigrate, leave (one's territory) <BR> 1a6b) to vanish <BR> 1a6c) to perish, cease to exist <BR> 1a6d) to become invalid, become obsolete (of law, decree) <BR> 1a6e) to be alienated, pass into other hands <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be crossed <BR> 1c) (Piel) to impregnate, cause to cross <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to cause to pass over, cause to bring over, cause to cross over, make over to, dedicate, devote <BR> 1d2) to cause to pass through <BR> 1d3) to cause to pass by or beyond or under, let pass by <BR> 1d4) to cause to pass away, cause to take away <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) to pass over 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·‘ō·ḇə·rîm
         the invaders 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            הַנּוֹתָרִ֛ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַנּוֹתָרִ֛ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    han·nō·w·ṯā·rîm
                
                
                     who remain 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Verb - Nifal - Participle - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3498 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be left over, remain, remain over, leave <BR> 1a) (Qal) remainder (participle) <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be left over, remain over, be left behind <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to leave over, leave <BR> 1c2) to save over, preserve alive <BR> 1c3) to excel, show pre-eminence <BR> 1c4) to show excess, have more than enough, have an excess 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        han·nō·w·ṯā·rîm
         who remain 
    
 
        
            עַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al-
                
                
                     on 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al-
         on 
    
 
        
            פְּנֵ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
פְּנֵ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    pə·nê
                
                
                     vvv 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - common plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6440 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) face <BR> 1a) face, faces <BR> 1b) presence, person <BR> 1c) face (of seraphim or cherubim) <BR> 1d) face (of animals) <BR> 1e) face, surface (of ground) <BR> 1f) as adv of loc/temp <BR> 1f1) before and behind, toward, in front of, forward, formerly, from beforetime, before <BR> 1g) with prep <BR> 1g1) in front of, before, to the front of, in the presence of, in the face of, at the face or front of, from the presence of, from before, from before the face of 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        pə·nê
         vvv 
    
 
        
            הָאָ֖רֶץ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָאָ֖רֶץ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·’ā·reṣ
                
                
                     the ground . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        776 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) land, earth<BR> 1a) earth <BR> 1a1) whole earth (as opposed to a part) <BR> 1a2) earth (as opposed to heaven) <BR> 1a3) earth (inhabitants) <BR> 1b) land <BR> 1b1) country, territory <BR> 1b2) district, region <BR> 1b3) tribal territory <BR> 1b4) piece of ground <BR> 1b5) land of Canaan, Israel <BR> 1b6) inhabitants of land <BR> 1b7) Sheol, land without return, (under) world <BR> 1b8) city (-state) <BR> 1c) ground, surface of the earth <BR> 1c1) ground <BR> 1c2) soil <BR> 1d) (in phrases) <BR> 1d1) people of the land <BR> 1d2) space or distance of country (in measurements of distance) <BR> 1d3) level or plain country <BR> 1d4) land of the living <BR> 1d5) end(s) of the earth <BR> 1e) (almost wholly late in usage) <BR> 1e1) lands, countries <BR> 1e1a) often in contrast to Canaan 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·’ā·reṣ
         the ground . 
    
 
        
            מִקְצֵ֥ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִקְצֵ֥ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miq·ṣêh
                
                
                     At the end 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7097 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) end, extremity <BR> 1a) end, mouth, extremity <BR> 1b) border, outskirts <BR> 1c) the whole (condensed term for what is included within extremities) <BR> 1d) at the end of (a certain time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miq·ṣêh
         At the end 
    
 
        
            שִׁבְעָֽה־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שִׁבְעָֽה־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šiḇ·‘āh-
                
                
                     of the seven 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Number - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7651 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) seven (cardinal number) <BR> 1a) as ordinal number <BR> 1b) in combination-17, 700 etc 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šiḇ·‘āh-
         of the seven 
    
 
        
            חֳדָשִׁ֖ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חֳדָשִׁ֖ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥo·ḏā·šîm
                
                
                     months 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2320 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) the new moon, month, monthly <BR> 1a) the first day of the month <BR> 1b) the lunar month 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥo·ḏā·šîm
         months 
    
 
        
            יַחְקֹֽרוּ׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יַחְקֹֽרוּ׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yaḥ·qō·rū
                
                
                     they will begin their search . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2713 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to search, search for, search out, examine, investigate <BR> 1a) (Qal)<BR> 1a1) to search (for) <BR> 1a2) to search through, explore <BR> 1a3) to examine thoroughly <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be searched out, be found out, be ascertained, be examined <BR> 1c) (Piel) to search out, seek out 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yaḥ·qō·rū
         they will begin their search . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            As they pass through the land, anyone who sees a human bone will set up a pillar next to it, until the gravediggers have buried it in the Valley of Hamon-gog.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְעָבְר֤וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְעָבְר֤וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·‘ā·ḇə·rū
                
                
                     As they 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - third person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5674 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to pass over or by or through, alienate, bring, carry, do away, take, take away, transgress <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to pass over, cross, cross over, pass over, march over, overflow, go over <BR> 1a2) to pass beyond <BR> 1a3) to pass through, traverse <BR> 1a3a) passers-through (participle) <BR> 1a3b) to pass through (the parts of victim in covenant) <BR> 1a4) to pass along, pass by, overtake and pass, sweep by <BR> 1a4a) passer-by (participle) <BR> 1a4b) to be past, be over <BR> 1a5) to pass on, go on, pass on before, go in advance of, pass along, travel, advance <BR> 1a6) to pass away <BR> 1a6a) to emigrate, leave (one's territory) <BR> 1a6b) to vanish <BR> 1a6c) to perish, cease to exist <BR> 1a6d) to become invalid, become obsolete (of law, decree) <BR> 1a6e) to be alienated, pass into other hands <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be crossed <BR> 1c) (Piel) to impregnate, cause to cross <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to cause to pass over, cause to bring over, cause to cross over, make over to, dedicate, devote <BR> 1d2) to cause to pass through <BR> 1d3) to cause to pass by or beyond or under, let pass by <BR> 1d4) to cause to pass away, cause to take away <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) to pass over 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·‘ā·ḇə·rū
         As they 
    
 
        
            הָעֹֽבְרִים֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָעֹֽבְרִים֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·‘ō·ḇə·rîm
                
                
                     pass 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5674 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to pass over or by or through, alienate, bring, carry, do away, take, take away, transgress <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to pass over, cross, cross over, pass over, march over, overflow, go over <BR> 1a2) to pass beyond <BR> 1a3) to pass through, traverse <BR> 1a3a) passers-through (participle) <BR> 1a3b) to pass through (the parts of victim in covenant) <BR> 1a4) to pass along, pass by, overtake and pass, sweep by <BR> 1a4a) passer-by (participle) <BR> 1a4b) to be past, be over <BR> 1a5) to pass on, go on, pass on before, go in advance of, pass along, travel, advance <BR> 1a6) to pass away <BR> 1a6a) to emigrate, leave (one's territory) <BR> 1a6b) to vanish <BR> 1a6c) to perish, cease to exist <BR> 1a6d) to become invalid, become obsolete (of law, decree) <BR> 1a6e) to be alienated, pass into other hands <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be crossed <BR> 1c) (Piel) to impregnate, cause to cross <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to cause to pass over, cause to bring over, cause to cross over, make over to, dedicate, devote <BR> 1d2) to cause to pass through <BR> 1d3) to cause to pass by or beyond or under, let pass by <BR> 1d4) to cause to pass away, cause to take away <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) to pass over 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·‘ō·ḇə·rîm
         pass 
    
 
        
            בָּאָ֔רֶץ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בָּאָ֔רֶץ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bā·’ā·reṣ
                
                
                     through the land , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b, Article | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        776 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) land, earth<BR> 1a) earth <BR> 1a1) whole earth (as opposed to a part) <BR> 1a2) earth (as opposed to heaven) <BR> 1a3) earth (inhabitants) <BR> 1b) land <BR> 1b1) country, territory <BR> 1b2) district, region <BR> 1b3) tribal territory <BR> 1b4) piece of ground <BR> 1b5) land of Canaan, Israel <BR> 1b6) inhabitants of land <BR> 1b7) Sheol, land without return, (under) world <BR> 1b8) city (-state) <BR> 1c) ground, surface of the earth <BR> 1c1) ground <BR> 1c2) soil <BR> 1d) (in phrases) <BR> 1d1) people of the land <BR> 1d2) space or distance of country (in measurements of distance) <BR> 1d3) level or plain country <BR> 1d4) land of the living <BR> 1d5) end(s) of the earth <BR> 1e) (almost wholly late in usage) <BR> 1e1) lands, countries <BR> 1e1a) often in contrast to Canaan 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bā·’ā·reṣ
         through the land , 
    
 
        
            וְרָאָה֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְרָאָה֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·rā·’āh
                
                
                     anyone who sees 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7200 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to see, look at, inspect, perceive, consider <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to see <BR> 1a2) to see, perceive <BR> 1a3) to see, have vision <BR> 1a4) to look at, see, regard, look after, see after, learn about, observe, watch, look upon, look out, find out <BR> 1a5) to see, observe, consider, look at, give attention to, discern, distinguish <BR> 1a6) to look at, gaze at <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to appear, present oneself <BR> 1b2) to be seen <BR> 1b3) to be visible <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be seen <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to cause to see, show <BR> 1d2) to cause to look intently at, behold, cause to gaze at <BR> 1e) (Hophal) <BR> 1e1) to be caused to see, be shown <BR> 1e2) to be exhibited to <BR> 1f) (Hithpael) to look at each other, face 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·rā·’āh
         anyone who sees 
    
 
        
            אָדָ֔ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אָדָ֔ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ā·ḏām
                
                
                     a human 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        120 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) man, mankind <BR> 1a) man, human being <BR> 1b) man, mankind (much more frequently intended sense in OT) <BR> 1c) Adam, first man <BR> 1d) city in Jordan valley 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ā·ḏām
         a human 
    
 
        
            עֶ֣צֶם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֶ֣צֶם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘e·ṣem
                
                
                     bone 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6106 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) bone, essence, substance <BR> 1a) bone <BR> 1a1) body, limbs, members, external body<BR> 1b) bone (of animal) <BR> 1c) substance, self 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘e·ṣem
         bone 
    
 
        
            וּבָנָ֥ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּבָנָ֥ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·ḇā·nāh
                
                
                     will set up 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1129 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to build, rebuild, establish, cause to continue <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to build, rebuild <BR> 1a2) to build a house (ie, establish a family) <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be built <BR> 1b2) to be rebuilt <BR> 1b3) established (of restored exiles) (fig.) <BR> 1b4) established (made permanent) <BR> 1b5) to be built up (of childless wife becoming the mother of a family through the children of a concubine) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·ḇā·nāh
         will set up 
    
 
        
            צִיּ֑וּן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
צִיּ֑וּן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṣî·yūn
                
                
                     a pillar 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6725 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) signpost, monument, market 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṣî·yūn
         a pillar 
    
 
        
            אֶצְל֖וֹ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶצְל֖וֹ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṣ·lōw
                
                
                     next to it , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        681 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        n m <BR> 1) beside, by, near, nearness, joining, proximity <BR> subst <BR> 2) (BDB) <BR> 2a) conjunction, proximity <BR> 2b) beside, in proximity, contiguous to, from beside 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṣ·lōw
         next to it , 
    
 
        
            עַ֣ד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַ֣ד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘aḏ
                
                
                     until 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5704 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) as far as, even to, until, up to, while, as far as <BR> 1a) of space <BR> 1a1) as far as, up to, even to <BR> 1b) in combination <BR> 1b1) from...as far as, both...and (with 'min' -from) <BR> 1c) of time <BR> 1c1) even to, until, unto, till, during, end <BR> 1d) of degree <BR> 1d1) even to, to the degree of, even like <BR> conj <BR> 2) until, while, to the point that, so that even 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘aḏ
         until 
    
 
        
            קָבְר֤וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קָבְר֤וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qā·ḇə·rū
                
                
                     the gravediggers 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6912 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to bury <BR> 1a) (Qal) to bury <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be buried <BR> 1c) (Piel) to bury, bury (in masses) <BR> 1d) (Pual) to be buried 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qā·ḇə·rū
         the gravediggers 
    
 
        
            אֹתוֹ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֹתוֹ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ō·ṯōw
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ō·ṯōw
         - 
    
 
        
            הַֽמְקַבְּרִ֔ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַֽמְקַבְּרִ֔ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ham·qab·bə·rîm
                
                
                     have buried 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Verb - Piel - Participle - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6912 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to bury <BR> 1a) (Qal) to bury <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be buried <BR> 1c) (Piel) to bury, bury (in masses) <BR> 1d) (Pual) to be buried 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ham·qab·bə·rîm
         have buried 
    
 
        
            אֶל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’el-
                
                
                     it in 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        413 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to, toward, unto (of motion) <BR> 2) into (limit is actually entered) <BR> 2a) in among <BR> 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) <BR> 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) <BR> 5) in addition to, to <BR> 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of <BR> 7) according to (rule or standard) <BR> 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) <BR> 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’el-
         it in 
    
 
        
            גֵּ֖יא 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
גֵּ֖יא 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    gê
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1516 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) valley, a steep valley, narrow gorge 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        gê
         . . . 
    
 
        
            הֲמ֥וֹן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הֲמ֥וֹן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hă·mō·wn
                
                
                     vvv 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                         
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1996 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Hamon-gog = |multitude of Gog|<BR> 1) the name to be given to a valley of graves; ravine or glen, now known as 'the ravine of the passengers', located on the east side of the Dead Sea 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hă·mō·wn
         vvv 
    
 
        
            גּֽוֹג׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
גּֽוֹג׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    gō·wḡ
                
                
                     the Valley of Hamon-gog . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1996 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Hamon-gog = |multitude of Gog|<BR> 1) the name to be given to a valley of graves; ravine or glen, now known as 'the ravine of the passengers', located on the east side of the Dead Sea 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        gō·wḡ
         the Valley of Hamon-gog . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            (Even the city will be named Hamonah.) And so they will cleanse the land.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            עִ֛יר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עִ֛יר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘îr
                
                
                     ( Even the city 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5892 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) excitement, anguish <BR> 1a) of terror <BR> 2) city, town (a place of waking, guarded) <BR> 2a) city, town 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘îr
         ( Even the city 
    
 
        
            וְגַ֥ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְגַ֥ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ḡam
                
                
                     will be 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunction 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1571 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) also, even, indeed, moreover, yea <BR> 1a) also, moreover (giving emphasis) <BR> 1b) neither, neither...nor (with negative) <BR> 1c) even (for stress) <BR> 1d) indeed, yea (introducing climax) <BR> 1e) also (of correspondence or retribution) <BR> 1f) but, yet, though (adversative) <BR> 1g) even, yea, yea though (with 'when' in hypothetical case) <BR> 2) (TWOT) again, alike 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ḡam
         will be 
    
 
        
            שֶׁם־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שֶׁם־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šem-
                
                
                     named 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8034 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) name <BR> 1a) name <BR> 1b) reputation, fame, glory <BR> 1c) the Name (as designation of God) <BR> 1d) memorial, monument 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šem-
         named 
    
 
        
            הֲמוֹנָ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הֲמוֹנָ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hă·mō·w·nāh
                
                
                     Hamonah . ) 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1997 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Hamonah = |multitudes|<BR> 1) the name of a city to be founded to commemorate the defeat of Gog 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hă·mō·w·nāh
         Hamonah . ) 
    
 
        
            וְטִהֲר֥וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְטִהֲר֥וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ṭi·hă·rū
                
                
                     And so they will cleanse 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Piel - Conjunctive perfect - third person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2891 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be clean, be pure <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to be clean (physically-of disease) <BR> 1a2) to be clean ceremonially <BR> 1a3) to purify, be clean morally, made clean <BR> 1b) (Piel) <BR> 1b1) to cleanse, purify <BR> 1b1a) physically <BR> 1b1b) ceremonially <BR> 1b1c) morally <BR> 1b2) to pronounce clean <BR> 1b3) to perform the ceremony of cleansing <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be cleansed, be pronounced clean <BR> 1d) (Hithpael) <BR> 1d1) to purify oneself <BR> 1d1a) ceremonially <BR> 1d1b) morally <BR> 1d2) to present oneself for purification 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ṭi·hă·rū
         And so they will cleanse 
    
 
        
            הָאָֽרֶץ׃ס 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָאָֽרֶץ׃ס 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·’ā·reṣ
                
                
                     the land . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        776 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) land, earth<BR> 1a) earth <BR> 1a1) whole earth (as opposed to a part) <BR> 1a2) earth (as opposed to heaven) <BR> 1a3) earth (inhabitants) <BR> 1b) land <BR> 1b1) country, territory <BR> 1b2) district, region <BR> 1b3) tribal territory <BR> 1b4) piece of ground <BR> 1b5) land of Canaan, Israel <BR> 1b6) inhabitants of land <BR> 1b7) Sheol, land without return, (under) world <BR> 1b8) city (-state) <BR> 1c) ground, surface of the earth <BR> 1c1) ground <BR> 1c2) soil <BR> 1d) (in phrases) <BR> 1d1) people of the land <BR> 1d2) space or distance of country (in measurements of distance) <BR> 1d3) level or plain country <BR> 1d4) land of the living <BR> 1d5) end(s) of the earth <BR> 1e) (almost wholly late in usage) <BR> 1e1) lands, countries <BR> 1e1a) often in contrast to Canaan 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·’ā·reṣ
         the land . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            And as for you, son of man, this is what the Lord GOD says: Call out to every kind of bird and to every beast of the field: ‘Assemble and come together from all around to the sacrificial feast that I am preparing for you, a great feast on the mountains of Israel. There you will eat flesh and drink blood.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            בָּשָׂ֖ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בָּשָׂ֖ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bā·śār
                
                
                     flesh 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1320 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) flesh <BR> 1a) of the body <BR> 1a1) of humans <BR> 1a2) of animals <BR> 1b) the body itself <BR> 1c) male organ of generation (euphemism) <BR> 1d) kindred, blood-relations <BR> 1e) flesh as frail or erring (man against God) <BR> 1f) all living things <BR> 1g) animals <BR> 1h) mankind 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bā·śār
         flesh 
    
 
        
            וּשְׁתִ֥יתֶם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּשְׁתִ֥יתֶם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·šə·ṯî·ṯem
                
                
                     and drink 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8354 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to drink <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to drink <BR> 1a1a) of drinking cup of God's wrath, of slaughter, of wicked deeds (fig) <BR> 1a2) to feast <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be drunk 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·šə·ṯî·ṯem
         and drink 
    
 
        
            דָּֽם׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דָּֽם׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dām
                
                
                     blood . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1818 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) blood <BR> 1a) of wine (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dām
         blood . 
    
 
        
            וְאַתָּ֨ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאַתָּ֨ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’at·tāh
                
                
                     And as for you , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Pronoun - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        859 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) you (second pers. sing. masc.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’at·tāh
         And as for you , 
    
 
        
            בֶן־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֶן־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḇen-
                
                
                     son 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḇen-
         son 
    
 
        
            אָדָ֜ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אָדָ֜ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ā·ḏām
                
                
                     of man , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        120 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) man, mankind <BR> 1a) man, human being <BR> 1b) man, mankind (much more frequently intended sense in OT) <BR> 1c) Adam, first man <BR> 1d) city in Jordan valley 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ā·ḏām
         of man , 
    
 
        
            כֹּֽה־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כֹּֽה־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kōh-
                
                
                     this is what 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3541 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) thus, here, in this manner <BR> 1a) thus, so <BR> 1b) here, here and there<BR> 1c) until now, until now...until then, meanwhile 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kōh-
         this is what 
    
 
        
            אֲדֹנָ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲדֹנָ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·ḏō·nāy
                
                
                     the Lord 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        136 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) my lord, lord <BR> 1a) of men <BR> 1b) of God <BR> 2) Lord-title, spoken in place of Yahweh in Jewish display of reverence 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·ḏō·nāy
         the Lord 
    
 
        
            יְהֹוִ֗ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהֹוִ֗ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     GOD 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3069 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) Jehovah-used primarily in the combination 'Lord Jehovah' <BR> 1a) equal to H03068 but pointed with the vowels of H0430 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         GOD 
    
 
        
            אָמַ֣ר׀ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אָמַ֣ר׀ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ā·mar
                
                
                     says : 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        559 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to say, speak, utter <BR> 1a) (Qal) to say, to answer, to say in one's heart, to think, to command, to promise, to intend <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be told, to be said, to be called <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) to boast, to act proudly <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to avow, to avouch 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ā·mar
         says : 
    
 
        
            אֱמֹר֩ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱמֹר֩ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·mōr
                
                
                     Call out to 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperative - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        559 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to say, speak, utter <BR> 1a) (Qal) to say, to answer, to say in one's heart, to think, to command, to promise, to intend <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be told, to be said, to be called <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) to boast, to act proudly <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to avow, to avouch 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·mōr
         Call out to 
    
 
        
            כָּל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כָּל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kāl-
                
                
                     every kind 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3605 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, the whole <BR> 1a) all, the whole of <BR> 1b) any, each, every, anything <BR> 1c) totality, everything 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kāl-
         every kind 
    
 
        
            כָּנָ֜ף 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כָּנָ֜ף 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kā·nāp̄
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3671 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) wing, extremity, edge, winged, border, corner, shirt <BR> 1a) wing <BR> 1b) extremity <BR> 1b1) skirt, corner (of garment) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kā·nāp̄
         . . . 
    
 
        
            לְצִפּ֨וֹר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְצִפּ֨וֹר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·ṣip·pō·wr
                
                
                     of bird 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - common singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6833 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) bird, fowl <BR> 1a) bird (singular) <BR> 1b) birds (coll) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·ṣip·pō·wr
         of bird 
    
 
        
            וּלְכֹ֣ל׀ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּלְכֹ֣ל׀ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·lə·ḵōl
                
                
                     and to every 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-l | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3605 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, the whole <BR> 1a) all, the whole of <BR> 1b) any, each, every, anything <BR> 1c) totality, everything 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·lə·ḵōl
         and to every 
    
 
        
            חַיַּ֣ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חַיַּ֣ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥay·yaṯ
                
                
                     beast 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2416 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        adj <BR> 1) living, alive <BR> 1a) green (of vegetation) <BR> 1b) flowing, fresh (of water) <BR> 1c) lively, active (of man) <BR> 1d) reviving (of the springtime) <BR> n m <BR> 2) relatives <BR> 3) life (abstract emphatic) <BR> 3a) life <BR> 3b) sustenance, maintenance <BR> n f <BR> 4) living thing, animal <BR> 4a) animal <BR> 4b) life <BR> 4c) appetite <BR> 4d) revival, renewal <BR> 5) community 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥay·yaṯ
         beast 
    
 
        
            הַשָּׂדֶ֗ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַשָּׂדֶ֗ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    haś·śā·ḏeh
                
                
                     of the field : 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7704 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) field, land <BR> 1a) cultivated field<BR> 1b) of home of wild beasts <BR> 1c) plain (opposed to mountain) <BR> 1d) land (opposed to sea) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        haś·śā·ḏeh
         of the field : 
    
 
        
            הִקָּבְצ֤וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הִקָּבְצ֤וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hiq·qā·ḇə·ṣū
                
                
                     ‘ Assemble 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Nifal - Imperative - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6908 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to gather, assemble <BR> 1a) (Qal) to gather, collect, assemble <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to assemble, gather <BR> 1b2) to be gathered <BR> 1c) (Piel) to gather, gather together, take away <BR> 1d) (Pual) to be gathered together <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) to gather together, be gathered together 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hiq·qā·ḇə·ṣū
         ‘ Assemble 
    
 
        
            וָבֹ֙אוּ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וָבֹ֙אוּ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wā·ḇō·’ū
                
                
                     and come 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Imperative - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        935 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to go in, enter, come, go, come in <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to enter, come in <BR> 1a2) to come <BR> 1a2a) to come with <BR> 1a2b) to come upon, fall or light upon, attack (enemy) <BR> 1a2c) to come to pass <BR> 1a3) to attain to <BR> 1a4) to be enumerated <BR> 1a5) to go <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) <BR> 1b1) to lead in <BR> 1b2) to carry in <BR> 1b3) to bring in, cause to come in, gather, cause to come, bring near, bring against, bring upon <BR> 1b4) to bring to pass <BR> 1c) (Hophal) <BR> 1c1) to be brought, brought in <BR> 1c2) to be introduced, be put 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wā·ḇō·’ū
         and come 
    
 
        
            הֵאָסְפ֣וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הֵאָסְפ֣וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hê·’ā·sə·p̄ū
                
                
                     together 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Nifal - Imperative - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        622 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to gather, receive, remove, gather in <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to gather, collect <BR> 1a2) to gather (an individual into company of others) <BR> 1a3) to bring up the rear <BR> 1a4) to gather and take away, remove, withdraw <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to assemble, be gathered <BR> 1b2) (pass of Qal 1a2) <BR> 1b2a) to be gathered to one's fathers <BR> 1b2b) to be brought in or into (association with others) <BR> 1b3) (pass of Qal 1a4) <BR> 1b3a) to be taken away, removed, perish <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to gather (harvest) <BR> 1c2) to take in, receive into <BR> 1c3) rearguard, rearward (subst) <BR> 1d) (Pual) to be gathered <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) to gather oneself or themselves 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hê·’ā·sə·p̄ū
         together 
    
 
        
            מִסָּבִ֔יב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִסָּבִ֔יב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mis·sā·ḇîḇ
                
                
                     from all around 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m | Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5439 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        subst<BR> 1) places round about, circuit, round about <BR> adv <BR> 2) in a circuit, a circuit, round about <BR> prep <BR> 3) in the circuit, from every side 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mis·sā·ḇîḇ
         from all around 
    
 
        
            עַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al-
                
                
                     to 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al-
         to 
    
 
        
            זִבְחִ֗י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
זִבְחִ֗י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ziḇ·ḥî
                
                
                     the sacrificial feast 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2077 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sacrifice <BR> 1a) sacrifices of righteousness <BR> 1b) sacrifices of strife <BR> 1c) sacrifices to dead things <BR> 1d) the covenant sacrifice <BR> 1e) the passover <BR> 1f) annual sacrifice <BR> 1g) thank offering 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ziḇ·ḥî
         the sacrificial feast 
    
 
        
            אֲשֶׁ֨ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲשֶׁ֨ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·šer
                
                
                     that 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·šer
         that 
    
 
        
            אֲנִ֜י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲנִ֜י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·nî
                
                
                     I 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        589 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) I (first pers. sing. -usually used for emphasis) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·nî
         I 
    
 
        
            זֹבֵ֤חַ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
זֹבֵ֤חַ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    zō·ḇê·aḥ
                
                
                     am preparing 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2076 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to slaughter, kill, sacrifice, slaughter for sacrifice <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to slaughter for sacrifice <BR> 1a2) to slaughter for eating <BR> 1a3) to slaughter in divine judgment <BR> 1b) (Piel) to sacrifice, offer sacrifice 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        zō·ḇê·aḥ
         am preparing 
    
 
        
            לָכֶם֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָכֶם֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā·ḵem
                
                
                     for you , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā·ḵem
         for you , 
    
 
        
            זֶ֣בַח 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
זֶ֣בַח 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ze·ḇaḥ
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2077 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sacrifice <BR> 1a) sacrifices of righteousness <BR> 1b) sacrifices of strife <BR> 1c) sacrifices to dead things <BR> 1d) the covenant sacrifice <BR> 1e) the passover <BR> 1f) annual sacrifice <BR> 1g) thank offering 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ze·ḇaḥ
         . . . 
    
 
        
            גָּד֔וֹל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
גָּד֔וֹל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    gā·ḏō·wl
                
                
                     a great 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adjective - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1419 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        adj <BR> 1) great <BR> 1a) large (in magnitude and extent) <BR> 1b) in number <BR> 1c) in intensity <BR> 1d) loud (in sound) <BR> 1e) older (in age) <BR> 1f) in importance <BR> 1f1) important things <BR> 1f2) great, distinguished (of men) <BR> 1f3) God Himself (of God) <BR> subst <BR> 1g) great things <BR> 1h) haughty things <BR> 1i) greatness <BR> n pr m <BR> 1j) (CLBL) Haggedolim, the great man?, father of Zabdiel 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        gā·ḏō·wl
         a great 
    
 
        
            עַ֖ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַ֖ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al
                
                
                     feast on 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al
         feast on 
    
 
        
            הָרֵ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָרֵ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·rê
                
                
                     the mountains 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2022 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) hill, mountain, hill country, mount 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·rê
         the mountains 
    
 
        
            יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yiś·rā·’êl
                
                
                     of Israel . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3478 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Israel = |God prevails|<BR> 1) the second name for Jacob given to him by God after his wrestling with the angel at Peniel <BR> 2) the name of the descendants and the nation of the descendants of Jacob <BR> 2a) the name of the nation until the death of Solomon and the split <BR> 2b) the name used and given to the northern kingdom consisting of the 10 tribes under Jeroboam; the southern kingdom was known as Judah <BR> 2c) the name of the nation after the return from exile 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yiś·rā·’êl
         of Israel . 
    
 
        
            וַאֲכַלְתֶּ֥ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַאֲכַלְתֶּ֥ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wa·’ă·ḵal·tem
                
                
                     There you will eat 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        398 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to eat, devour, burn up, feed <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to eat (human subject) <BR> 1a2) to eat, devour (of beasts and birds) <BR> 1a3) to devour, consume (of fire) <BR> 1a4) to devour, slay (of sword) <BR> 1a5) to devour, consume, destroy (inanimate subjects - ie, pestilence, drought) <BR> 1a6) to devour (of oppression) <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be eaten (by men) <BR> 1b2) to be devoured, consumed (of fire) <BR> 1b3) to be wasted, destroyed (of flesh) <BR> 1c) (Pual) <BR> 1c1) to cause to eat, feed with <BR> 1c2) to cause to devour <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to feed <BR> 1d2) to cause to eat <BR> 1e) (Piel) <BR> 1e1) consume 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wa·’ă·ḵal·tem
         There you will eat 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            You will eat the flesh of the mighty and drink the blood of the princes of the earth as though they were rams, lambs, goats, and bulls—all the fattened animals of Bashan.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            תֹּאכֵ֔לוּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תֹּאכֵ֔לוּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    tō·ḵê·lū
                
                
                     You will eat 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        398 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to eat, devour, burn up, feed <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to eat (human subject) <BR> 1a2) to eat, devour (of beasts and birds) <BR> 1a3) to devour, consume (of fire) <BR> 1a4) to devour, slay (of sword) <BR> 1a5) to devour, consume, destroy (inanimate subjects - ie, pestilence, drought) <BR> 1a6) to devour (of oppression) <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be eaten (by men) <BR> 1b2) to be devoured, consumed (of fire) <BR> 1b3) to be wasted, destroyed (of flesh) <BR> 1c) (Pual) <BR> 1c1) to cause to eat, feed with <BR> 1c2) to cause to devour <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to feed <BR> 1d2) to cause to eat <BR> 1e) (Piel) <BR> 1e1) consume 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        tō·ḵê·lū
         You will eat 
    
 
        
            בְּשַׂ֤ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּשַׂ֤ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·śar
                
                
                     the flesh 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1320 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) flesh <BR> 1a) of the body <BR> 1a1) of humans <BR> 1a2) of animals <BR> 1b) the body itself <BR> 1c) male organ of generation (euphemism) <BR> 1d) kindred, blood-relations <BR> 1e) flesh as frail or erring (man against God) <BR> 1f) all living things <BR> 1g) animals <BR> 1h) mankind 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·śar
         the flesh 
    
 
        
            גִּבּוֹרִים֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
גִּבּוֹרִים֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    gib·bō·w·rîm
                
                
                     of the mighty 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adjective - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1368 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        adj <BR> 1) strong, mighty <BR> n m <BR> 2) strong man, brave man, mighty man 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        gib·bō·w·rîm
         of the mighty 
    
 
        
            תִּשְׁתּ֑וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תִּשְׁתּ֑וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    tiš·tū
                
                
                     and drink 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8354 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to drink <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to drink <BR> 1a1a) of drinking cup of God's wrath, of slaughter, of wicked deeds (fig) <BR> 1a2) to feast <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be drunk 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        tiš·tū
         and drink 
    
 
        
            וְדַם־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְדַם־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ḏam-
                
                
                     the blood 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1818 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) blood <BR> 1a) of wine (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ḏam-
         the blood 
    
 
        
            נְשִׂיאֵ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נְשִׂיאֵ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nə·śî·’ê
                
                
                     of the princes 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5387 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) one lifted up, chief, prince, captain, leader <BR> 2) rising mist, vapour 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nə·śî·’ê
         of the princes 
    
 
        
            הָאָ֖רֶץ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָאָ֖רֶץ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·’ā·reṣ
                
                
                     of the earth 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        776 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) land, earth<BR> 1a) earth <BR> 1a1) whole earth (as opposed to a part) <BR> 1a2) earth (as opposed to heaven) <BR> 1a3) earth (inhabitants) <BR> 1b) land <BR> 1b1) country, territory <BR> 1b2) district, region <BR> 1b3) tribal territory <BR> 1b4) piece of ground <BR> 1b5) land of Canaan, Israel <BR> 1b6) inhabitants of land <BR> 1b7) Sheol, land without return, (under) world <BR> 1b8) city (-state) <BR> 1c) ground, surface of the earth <BR> 1c1) ground <BR> 1c2) soil <BR> 1d) (in phrases) <BR> 1d1) people of the land <BR> 1d2) space or distance of country (in measurements of distance) <BR> 1d3) level or plain country <BR> 1d4) land of the living <BR> 1d5) end(s) of the earth <BR> 1e) (almost wholly late in usage) <BR> 1e1) lands, countries <BR> 1e1a) often in contrast to Canaan 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·’ā·reṣ
         of the earth 
    
 
        
            אֵילִ֨ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֵילִ֨ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ê·lîm
                
                
                     [as though they were rams , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        352 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) ram <BR> 1a) ram (as food) <BR> 1b) ram (as sacrifice) <BR> 1c) ram (skin dyed red, for tabernacle) <BR> 2) pillar, door post, jambs, pilaster <BR> 3) strong man, leader, chief <BR> 4) mighty tree, terebinth 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ê·lîm
         [as though they were rams , 
    
 
        
            כָּרִ֤ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כָּרִ֤ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kā·rîm
                
                
                     lambs , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3733 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) howdah, palanquin, basket saddle <BR> 1a) an enclosed riding space erected on a camel's saddle <BR> 2) pasture, meadow <BR> 3) ram, lamb, he-lamb <BR> 4) battering-ram 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kā·rîm
         lambs , 
    
 
        
            וְעַתּוּדִים֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְעַתּוּדִים֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·‘at·tū·ḏîm
                
                
                     goats , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6260 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) ram, he-goat, chief one 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·‘at·tū·ḏîm
         goats , 
    
 
        
            פָּרִ֔ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
פָּרִ֔ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    pā·rîm
                
                
                     and bulls — 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6499 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) young bull, steer, bullock 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        pā·rîm
         and bulls — 
    
 
        
            כֻּלָּֽם׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כֻּלָּֽם׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kul·lām
                
                
                     all 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3605 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, the whole <BR> 1a) all, the whole of <BR> 1b) any, each, every, anything <BR> 1c) totality, everything 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kul·lām
         all 
    
 
        
            מְרִיאֵ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מְרִיאֵ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mə·rî·’ê
                
                
                     the fattened animals 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4806 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) well-fed, fatling 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mə·rî·’ê
         the fattened animals 
    
 
        
            בָשָׁ֖ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בָשָׁ֖ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḇā·šān
                
                
                     of Bashan . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1316 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Bashan = |fruitful|<BR> 1) a district east of the Jordan known for its fertility which was given to the half-tribe of Manasseh 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḇā·šān
         of Bashan . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            At the sacrifice I am preparing, you will eat fat until you are gorged and drink blood until you are drunk.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            מִזִּבְחִ֖י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִזִּבְחִ֖י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miz·ziḇ·ḥî
                
                
                     At the sacrifice 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m | Noun - masculine singular construct | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2077 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sacrifice <BR> 1a) sacrifices of righteousness <BR> 1b) sacrifices of strife <BR> 1c) sacrifices to dead things <BR> 1d) the covenant sacrifice <BR> 1e) the passover <BR> 1f) annual sacrifice <BR> 1g) thank offering 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miz·ziḇ·ḥî
         At the sacrifice 
    
 
        
            אֲשֶׁר־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲשֶׁר־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·šer-
                
                
                     
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·šer-
         
    
 
        
            זָבַ֥חְתִּי 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
זָבַ֥חְתִּי 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    zā·ḇaḥ·tî
                
                
                     I am preparing 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2076 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to slaughter, kill, sacrifice, slaughter for sacrifice <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to slaughter for sacrifice <BR> 1a2) to slaughter for eating <BR> 1a3) to slaughter in divine judgment <BR> 1b) (Piel) to sacrifice, offer sacrifice 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        zā·ḇaḥ·tî
         I am preparing 
    
 
        
            לָכֶֽם׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָכֶֽם׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā·ḵem
                
                
                     - , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā·ḵem
         - , 
    
 
        
            וַאֲכַלְתֶּם־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַאֲכַלְתֶּם־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wa·’ă·ḵal·tem-
                
                
                     you will eat 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        398 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to eat, devour, burn up, feed <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to eat (human subject) <BR> 1a2) to eat, devour (of beasts and birds) <BR> 1a3) to devour, consume (of fire) <BR> 1a4) to devour, slay (of sword) <BR> 1a5) to devour, consume, destroy (inanimate subjects - ie, pestilence, drought) <BR> 1a6) to devour (of oppression) <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be eaten (by men) <BR> 1b2) to be devoured, consumed (of fire) <BR> 1b3) to be wasted, destroyed (of flesh) <BR> 1c) (Pual) <BR> 1c1) to cause to eat, feed with <BR> 1c2) to cause to devour <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to feed <BR> 1d2) to cause to eat <BR> 1e) (Piel) <BR> 1e1) consume 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wa·’ă·ḵal·tem-
         you will eat 
    
 
        
            חֵ֣לֶב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חֵ֣לֶב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥê·leḇ
                
                
                     fat 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2459 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) fat <BR> 1a) fat (of humans) <BR> 1b) fat (of beasts)<BR> 1c) choicest, best part, abundance (of products of the land) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥê·leḇ
         fat 
    
 
        
            לְשָׂבְעָ֔ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְשָׂבְעָ֔ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·śā·ḇə·‘āh
                
                
                     until you are gorged 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7654 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) satisfaction, satiety, one's fill 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·śā·ḇə·‘āh
         until you are gorged 
    
 
        
            וּשְׁתִ֥יתֶם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּשְׁתִ֥יתֶם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·šə·ṯî·ṯem
                
                
                     and drink 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8354 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to drink <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to drink <BR> 1a1a) of drinking cup of God's wrath, of slaughter, of wicked deeds (fig) <BR> 1a2) to feast <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be drunk 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·šə·ṯî·ṯem
         and drink 
    
 
        
            דָּ֖ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דָּ֖ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dām
                
                
                     blood 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1818 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) blood <BR> 1a) of wine (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dām
         blood 
    
 
        
            לְשִׁכָּר֑וֹן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְשִׁכָּר֑וֹן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·šik·kā·rō·wn
                
                
                     until you are drunk . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7943 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) drunkenness 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·šik·kā·rō·wn
         until you are drunk . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            And at My table you will eat your fill of horses and riders, of mighty men and warriors of every kind,’ declares the Lord GOD.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            עַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al-
                
                
                     And at 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al-
         And at 
    
 
        
            שֻׁלְחָנִי֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שֻׁלְחָנִי֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šul·ḥā·nî
                
                
                     My table 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7979 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) table <BR> 1a) table <BR> 1a1) of king's table, private use, sacred uses 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šul·ḥā·nî
         My table 
    
 
        
            וּשְׂבַעְתֶּ֤ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּשְׂבַעְתֶּ֤ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·śə·ḇa‘·tem
                
                
                     you will eat your fill 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7646 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be satisfied, be sated, be fulfilled, be surfeited <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to be sated (with food) <BR> 1a2) to be sated, be satisfied with, be fulfilled, be filled, have one's fill of (have desire satisfied) <BR> 1a3) to have in excess, be surfeited, be surfeited with <BR> 1a3a) to be weary of (fig) <BR> 1b) (Piel) to satisfy <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to satisfy <BR> 1c2) to enrich <BR> 1c3) to sate, glut (with the undesired) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·śə·ḇa‘·tem
         you will eat your fill 
    
 
        
            ס֣וּס 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
ס֣וּס 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    sūs
                
                
                     of horses 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5483 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) swallow, swift <BR> 2) horse <BR> 2a) chariot horses 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        sūs
         of horses 
    
 
        
            וָרֶ֔כֶב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וָרֶ֔כֶב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wā·re·ḵeḇ
                
                
                     and riders , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7393 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) a team, chariot, chariotry, mill-stone, riders <BR> 1a) chariotry, chariots <BR> 1b) chariot (single) <BR> 1c) upper millstone (as riding on lower millstone) <BR> 1d) riders, troop (of riders), horsemen, pair of horsemen, men riding, ass-riders, camel-riders 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wā·re·ḵeḇ
         and riders , 
    
 
        
            גִּבּ֖וֹר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
גִּבּ֖וֹר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    gib·bō·wr
                
                
                     of mighty men 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adjective - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1368 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        adj <BR> 1) strong, mighty <BR> n m <BR> 2) strong man, brave man, mighty man 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        gib·bō·wr
         of mighty men 
    
 
        
            אִ֣ישׁ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אִ֣ישׁ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’îš
                
                
                     and warriors 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        376 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) man <BR> 1a) man, male (in contrast to woman, female) <BR> 1b) husband <BR> 1c) human being, person (in contrast to God) <BR> 1d) servant <BR> 1e) mankind <BR> 1f) champion <BR> 1g) great man <BR> 2) whosoever <BR> 3) each (adjective) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’îš
         and warriors 
    
 
        
            מִלְחָמָ֑ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִלְחָמָ֑ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mil·ḥā·māh
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4421 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) battle, war 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mil·ḥā·māh
         . . . 
    
 
        
            וְכָל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְכָל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ḵāl
                
                
                     of every kind , ’ 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3605 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, the whole <BR> 1a) all, the whole of <BR> 1b) any, each, every, anything <BR> 1c) totality, everything 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ḵāl
         of every kind , ’ 
    
 
        
            נְאֻ֖ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נְאֻ֖ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nə·’um
                
                
                     declares 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5002 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (Qal) utterance, declaration (of prophet) <BR> 1a) utterance, declaration, revelation (of prophet in ecstatic state) <BR> 1b) utterance, declaration (elsewhere always preceding divine name) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nə·’um
         declares 
    
 
        
            אֲדֹנָ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲדֹנָ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·ḏō·nāy
                
                
                     the Lord 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        136 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) my lord, lord <BR> 1a) of men <BR> 1b) of God <BR> 2) Lord-title, spoken in place of Yahweh in Jewish display of reverence 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·ḏō·nāy
         the Lord 
    
 
        
            יְהוִֽה׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוִֽה׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     GOD . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3069 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) Jehovah-used primarily in the combination 'Lord Jehovah' <BR> 1a) equal to H03068 but pointed with the vowels of H0430 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         GOD . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            I will display My glory among the nations, and all the nations will see the judgment that I execute and the hand that I lay upon them.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְנָתַתִּ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְנָתַתִּ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·nā·ṯat·tî
                
                
                     I will display 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5414 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to give, put, set <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to give, bestow, grant, permit, ascribe, employ, devote, consecrate, dedicate, pay wages, sell, exchange, lend, commit, entrust, give over, deliver up, yield produce, occasion, produce, requite to, report, mention, utter, stretch out, extend <BR> 1a2) to put, set, put on, put upon, set, appoint, assign, designate <BR> 1a3) to make, constitute <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be given, be bestowed, be provided, be entrusted to, be granted to, be permitted, be issued, be published, be uttered, be assigned <BR> 1b2) to be set, be put, be made, be inflicted <BR> 1c) (Hophal) <BR> 1c1) to be given, be bestowed, be given up, be delivered up <BR> 1c2) to be put upon 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·nā·ṯat·tî
         I will display 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            כְּבוֹדִ֖י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כְּבוֹדִ֖י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kə·ḇō·w·ḏî
                
                
                     My glory 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3519 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) glory, honour, glorious, abundance <BR> 1a) abundance, riches <BR> 1b) honour, splendour, glory <BR> 1c) honour, dignity <BR> 1d) honour, reputation <BR> 1e) honour, reverence, glory <BR> 1f) glory 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kə·ḇō·w·ḏî
         My glory 
    
 
        
            בַּגּוֹיִ֑ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בַּגּוֹיִ֑ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bag·gō·w·yim
                
                
                     among the nations , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b, Article | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1471 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        n m <BR> 1) nation, people <BR> 1a) nation, people<BR> 1a1) usually of non-Hebrew people <BR> 1a2) of descendants of Abraham <BR> 1a3) of Israel <BR> 1b) of swarm of locusts, other animals (fig.) <BR> n pr m <BR> 1c) Goyim? = |nations| 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bag·gō·w·yim
         among the nations , 
    
 
        
            כָל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כָל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḵāl
                
                
                     and all 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3605 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, the whole <BR> 1a) all, the whole of <BR> 1b) any, each, every, anything <BR> 1c) totality, everything 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḵāl
         and all 
    
 
        
            הַגּוֹיִ֗ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַגּוֹיִ֗ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hag·gō·w·yim
                
                
                     the nations 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1471 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        n m <BR> 1) nation, people <BR> 1a) nation, people<BR> 1a1) usually of non-Hebrew people <BR> 1a2) of descendants of Abraham <BR> 1a3) of Israel <BR> 1b) of swarm of locusts, other animals (fig.) <BR> n pr m <BR> 1c) Goyim? = |nations| 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hag·gō·w·yim
         the nations 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            וְרָא֣וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְרָא֣וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·rā·’ū
                
                
                     will see 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - third person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7200 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to see, look at, inspect, perceive, consider <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to see <BR> 1a2) to see, perceive <BR> 1a3) to see, have vision <BR> 1a4) to look at, see, regard, look after, see after, learn about, observe, watch, look upon, look out, find out <BR> 1a5) to see, observe, consider, look at, give attention to, discern, distinguish <BR> 1a6) to look at, gaze at <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to appear, present oneself <BR> 1b2) to be seen <BR> 1b3) to be visible <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be seen <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to cause to see, show <BR> 1d2) to cause to look intently at, behold, cause to gaze at <BR> 1e) (Hophal) <BR> 1e1) to be caused to see, be shown <BR> 1e2) to be exhibited to <BR> 1f) (Hithpael) to look at each other, face 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·rā·’ū
         will see 
    
 
        
            מִשְׁפָּטִי֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִשְׁפָּטִי֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miš·pā·ṭî
                
                
                     the judgment 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4941 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) judgment, justice, ordinance <BR> 1a) judgment <BR> 1a1) act of deciding a case <BR> 1a2) place, court, seat of judgment <BR> 1a3) process, procedure, litigation (before judges) <BR> 1a4) case, cause (presented for judgment) <BR> 1a5) sentence, decision (of judgment) <BR> 1a6) execution (of judgment) <BR> 1a7) time (of judgment) <BR> 1b) justice, right, rectitude (attributes of God or man) <BR> 1c) ordinance <BR> 1d) decision (in law) <BR> 1e) right, privilege, due (legal) <BR> 1f) proper, fitting, measure, fitness, custom, manner, plan 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miš·pā·ṭî
         the judgment 
    
 
        
            אֲשֶׁ֣ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲשֶׁ֣ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·šer
                
                
                     that 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·šer
         that 
    
 
        
            עָשִׂ֔יתִי 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עָשִׂ֔יתִי 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ā·śî·ṯî
                
                
                     I execute 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6213 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to do, fashion, accomplish, make <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to do, work, make, produce <BR> 1a1a) to do <BR> 1a1b) to work <BR> 1a1c) to deal (with) <BR> 1a1d) to act, act with effect, effect <BR> 1a2) to make <BR> 1a2a) to make <BR> 1a2b) to produce <BR> 1a2c) to prepare <BR> 1a2d) to make (an offering) <BR> 1a2e) to attend to, put in order <BR> 1a2f) to observe, celebrate <BR> 1a2g) to acquire (property) <BR> 1a2h) to appoint, ordain, institute <BR> 1a2i) to bring about <BR> 1a2j) to use <BR> 1a2k) to spend, pass <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be done <BR> 1b2) to be made <BR> 1b3) to be produced <BR> 1b4) to be offered <BR> 1b5) to be observed <BR> 1b6) to be used <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be made <BR> 2) (Piel) to press, squeeze 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ā·śî·ṯî
         I execute 
    
 
        
            וְאֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            יָדִ֖י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יָדִ֖י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yā·ḏî
                
                
                     and the hand 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3027 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) hand <BR> 1a) hand (of man)<BR> 1b) strength, power (fig.) <BR> 1c) side (of land), part, portion (metaph.) (fig.) <BR> 1d) (various special, technical senses) <BR> 1d1) sign, monument <BR> 1d2) part, fractional part, share <BR> 1d3) time, repetition <BR> 1d4) axle-trees, axle <BR> 1d5) stays, support (for laver) <BR> 1d6) tenons (in tabernacle) <BR> 1d7) a phallus, a hand (meaning unsure) <BR> 1d8) wrists 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yā·ḏî
         and the hand 
    
 
        
            אֲשֶׁר־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲשֶׁר־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·šer-
                
                
                     that 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·šer-
         that 
    
 
        
            שַׂ֥מְתִּי 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שַׂ֥מְתִּי 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    śam·tî
                
                
                     I lay 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7760 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to put, place, set, appoint, make <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to put, set, lay, put or lay upon, lay (violent) hands on <BR> 1a2) to set, direct, direct toward <BR> 1a2a) to extend (compassion) (fig) <BR> 1a3) to set, ordain, establish, found, appoint, constitute, make, determine, fix <BR> 1a4) to set, station, put, set in place, plant, fix <BR> 1a5) to make, make for, transform into, constitute, fashion, work, bring to pass, appoint, give <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) to set or make for a sign <BR> 1c) (Hophal) to be set 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        śam·tî
         I lay 
    
 
        
            בָהֶֽם׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בָהֶֽם׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḇā·hem
                
                
                     upon them . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḇā·hem
         upon them . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            From that day forward the house of Israel will know that I am the LORD their God.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            מִן־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִן־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    min-
                
                
                     From 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4480 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) from, out of, on account of, off, on the side of, since, above, than, so that not, more than <BR> 1a) from (expressing separation), off, on the side of <BR> 1b) out of <BR> 1b1) (with verbs of proceeding, removing, expelling) <BR> 1b2) (of material from which something is made) <BR> 1b3) (of source or origin) <BR> 1c) out of, some of, from (partitively) <BR> 1d) from, since, after (of time) <BR> 1e) than, more than (in comparison) <BR> 1f) from...even to, both...and, either...or <BR> 1g) than, more than, too much for (in comparisons) <BR> 1h) from, on account of, through, because (with infinitive) <BR> conj <BR> 2) that 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        min-
         From 
    
 
        
            הַה֖וּא 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַה֖וּא 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ha·hū
                
                
                     that 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Pronoun - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1931 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        pron 3p s<BR> 1) he, she, it <BR> 1a) himself (with emphasis) <BR> 1b) resuming subj with emphasis <BR> 1c) (with minimum emphasis following predicate) <BR> 1d) (anticipating subj) <BR> 1e) (emphasising predicate) <BR> 1f) that, it (neuter) demons pron <BR> 2) that (with article) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ha·hū
         that 
    
 
        
            הַיּ֥וֹם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַיּ֥וֹם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hay·yō·wm
                
                
                     day 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3117 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) day, time, year <BR> 1a) day (as opposed to night) <BR> 1b) day (24 hour period) <BR> 1b1) as defined by evening and morning in Genesis 1 <BR> 1b2) as a division of time <BR> 1b2a) a working day, a day's journey <BR> 1c) days, lifetime (pl.) <BR> 1d) time, period (general) <BR> 1e) year <BR> 1f) temporal references <BR> 1f1) today <BR> 1f2) yesterday <BR> 1f3) tomorrow 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hay·yō·wm
         day 
    
 
        
            וָהָֽלְאָה׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וָהָֽלְאָה׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wā·hā·lə·’āh
                
                
                     forward 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1973 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) out there, onwards, further <BR> 1a) yonder, beyond (of place) <BR> 1b) onwards (of time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wā·hā·lə·’āh
         forward 
    
 
        
            בֵּ֣ית 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֵּ֣ית 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bêṯ
                
                
                     the house 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1004 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        nm <BR> 1) house <BR> 1a) house, dwelling habitation <BR> 1b) shelter or abode of animals <BR> 1c) human bodies (fig.) <BR> 1d) of Sheol <BR> 1e) of abode of light and darkness <BR> 1f) of land of Ephraim <BR> 2) place <BR> 3) receptacle <BR> 4) home, house as containing a family <BR> 5) household, family <BR> 5a) those belonging to the same household <BR> 5b) family of descendants, descendants as organized body <BR> 6) household affairs <BR> 7) inwards (metaph.) <BR> 8) (TWOT) temple <BR> adv <BR> 9) on the inside <BR> prep <BR> 10) within 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bêṯ
         the house 
    
 
        
            יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yiś·rā·’êl
                
                
                     of Israel 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3478 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Israel = |God prevails|<BR> 1) the second name for Jacob given to him by God after his wrestling with the angel at Peniel <BR> 2) the name of the descendants and the nation of the descendants of Jacob <BR> 2a) the name of the nation until the death of Solomon and the split <BR> 2b) the name used and given to the northern kingdom consisting of the 10 tribes under Jeroboam; the southern kingdom was known as Judah <BR> 2c) the name of the nation after the return from exile 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yiś·rā·’êl
         of Israel 
    
 
        
            וְיָֽדְעוּ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְיָֽדְעוּ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·yā·ḏə·‘ū
                
                
                     will know 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - third person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3045 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to know <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to know <BR> 1a1a) to know, learn to know <BR> 1a1b) to perceive <BR> 1a1c) to perceive and see, find out and discern <BR> 1a1d) to discriminate, distinguish <BR> 1a1e) to know by experience <BR> 1a1f) to recognise, admit, acknowledge, confess <BR> 1a1g) to consider <BR> 1a2) to know, be acquainted with <BR> 1a3) to know (a person carnally) <BR> 1a4) to know how, be skilful in <BR> 1a5) to have knowledge, be wise <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be made known, be or become known, be revealed <BR> 1b2) to make oneself known <BR> 1b3) to be perceived <BR> 1b4) to be instructed <BR> 1c) (Piel) to cause to know <BR> 1d) (Poal) to cause to know <BR> 1e) (Pual) <BR> 1e1) to be known <BR> 1e2) known, one known, acquaintance (participle) <BR> 1f) (Hiphil) to make known, declare <BR> 1g) (Hophal) to be made known <BR> 1h) (Hithpael) to make oneself known, reveal oneself 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·yā·ḏə·‘ū
         will know 
    
 
        
            כִּ֛י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כִּ֛י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kî
                
                
                     that 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunction 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3588 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) that, for, because, when, as though, as, because that, but, then, certainly, except, surely, since <BR> 1a) that <BR> 1a1) yea, indeed <BR> 1b) when (of time) <BR> 1b1) when, if, though (with a concessive force) <BR> 1c) because, since (causal connection) <BR> 1d) but (after negative) <BR> 1e) that if, for if, indeed if, for though, but if <BR> 1f) but rather, but <BR> 1g) except that <BR> 1h) only, nevertheless <BR> 1i) surely <BR> 1j) that is <BR> 1k) but if <BR> 1l) for though <BR> 1m) forasmuch as, for therefore 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kî
         that 
    
 
        
            אֲנִ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲנִ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·nî
                
                
                     I 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        589 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) I (first pers. sing. -usually used for emphasis) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·nî
         I 
    
 
        
            יְהוָ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     am the LORD 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         am the LORD 
    
 
        
            אֱלֹֽהֵיהֶ֑ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱלֹֽהֵיהֶ֑ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·lō·hê·hem
                
                
                     their God . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (plural) <BR> 1a) rulers, judges <BR> 1b) divine ones <BR> 1c) angels <BR> 1d) gods <BR> 2) (plural intensive-singular meaning) <BR> 2a) god, goddess <BR> 2b) godlike one <BR> 2c) works or special possessions of God <BR> 2d) the (true) God <BR> 2e) God 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·lō·hê·hem
         their God . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            And the nations will know that the house of Israel went into exile for their iniquity, because they were unfaithful to Me. So I hid My face from them and delivered them into the hands of their enemies, so that they all fell by the sword.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            הַ֠גּוֹיִם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַ֠גּוֹיִם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hag·gō·w·yim
                
                
                     And the nations 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1471 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        n m <BR> 1) nation, people <BR> 1a) nation, people<BR> 1a1) usually of non-Hebrew people <BR> 1a2) of descendants of Abraham <BR> 1a3) of Israel <BR> 1b) of swarm of locusts, other animals (fig.) <BR> n pr m <BR> 1c) Goyim? = |nations| 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hag·gō·w·yim
         And the nations 
    
 
        
            וְיָדְע֣וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְיָדְע֣וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·yā·ḏə·‘ū
                
                
                     will know 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - third person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3045 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to know <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to know <BR> 1a1a) to know, learn to know <BR> 1a1b) to perceive <BR> 1a1c) to perceive and see, find out and discern <BR> 1a1d) to discriminate, distinguish <BR> 1a1e) to know by experience <BR> 1a1f) to recognise, admit, acknowledge, confess <BR> 1a1g) to consider <BR> 1a2) to know, be acquainted with <BR> 1a3) to know (a person carnally) <BR> 1a4) to know how, be skilful in <BR> 1a5) to have knowledge, be wise <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be made known, be or become known, be revealed <BR> 1b2) to make oneself known <BR> 1b3) to be perceived <BR> 1b4) to be instructed <BR> 1c) (Piel) to cause to know <BR> 1d) (Poal) to cause to know <BR> 1e) (Pual) <BR> 1e1) to be known <BR> 1e2) known, one known, acquaintance (participle) <BR> 1f) (Hiphil) to make known, declare <BR> 1g) (Hophal) to be made known <BR> 1h) (Hithpael) to make oneself known, reveal oneself 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·yā·ḏə·‘ū
         will know 
    
 
        
            כִּ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כִּ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kî
                
                
                     that 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunction 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3588 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) that, for, because, when, as though, as, because that, but, then, certainly, except, surely, since <BR> 1a) that <BR> 1a1) yea, indeed <BR> 1b) when (of time) <BR> 1b1) when, if, though (with a concessive force) <BR> 1c) because, since (causal connection) <BR> 1d) but (after negative) <BR> 1e) that if, for if, indeed if, for though, but if <BR> 1f) but rather, but <BR> 1g) except that <BR> 1h) only, nevertheless <BR> 1i) surely <BR> 1j) that is <BR> 1k) but if <BR> 1l) for though <BR> 1m) forasmuch as, for therefore 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kî
         that 
    
 
        
            בֵֽית־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֵֽית־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḇêṯ-
                
                
                     the house 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1004 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        nm <BR> 1) house <BR> 1a) house, dwelling habitation <BR> 1b) shelter or abode of animals <BR> 1c) human bodies (fig.) <BR> 1d) of Sheol <BR> 1e) of abode of light and darkness <BR> 1f) of land of Ephraim <BR> 2) place <BR> 3) receptacle <BR> 4) home, house as containing a family <BR> 5) household, family <BR> 5a) those belonging to the same household <BR> 5b) family of descendants, descendants as organized body <BR> 6) household affairs <BR> 7) inwards (metaph.) <BR> 8) (TWOT) temple <BR> adv <BR> 9) on the inside <BR> prep <BR> 10) within 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḇêṯ-
         the house 
    
 
        
            יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yiś·rā·’êl
                
                
                     of Israel 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3478 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Israel = |God prevails|<BR> 1) the second name for Jacob given to him by God after his wrestling with the angel at Peniel <BR> 2) the name of the descendants and the nation of the descendants of Jacob <BR> 2a) the name of the nation until the death of Solomon and the split <BR> 2b) the name used and given to the northern kingdom consisting of the 10 tribes under Jeroboam; the southern kingdom was known as Judah <BR> 2c) the name of the nation after the return from exile 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yiś·rā·’êl
         of Israel 
    
 
        
            גָּל֣וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
גָּל֣וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    gā·lū
                
                
                     went into exile 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1540 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to uncover, remove <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to uncover <BR> 1a2) to remove, depart <BR> 1a3) to go into exile <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) (reflexive) <BR> 1b1a) to uncover oneself <BR> 1b1b) to discover or show oneself <BR> 1b1c) to reveal himself (of God) <BR> 1b2) (passive) <BR> 1b2a) to be uncovered <BR> 1b2b) to be disclosed, be discovered <BR> 1b2c) to be revealed <BR> 1b3) to be removed <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to uncover (nakedness) <BR> 1c1a) nakedness <BR> 1c1b) general <BR> 1c2) to disclose, discover, lay bare <BR> 1c3) to make known, show, reveal <BR> 1d) (Pual) to be uncovered <BR> 1e) (Hiphil) to carry away into exile, take into exile <BR> 1f) (Hophal) to be taken into exile <BR> 1g) (Hithpael) <BR> 1g1) to be uncovered <BR> 1g2) to reveal oneself 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        gā·lū
         went into exile 
    
 
        
            בַעֲוֺנָ֞ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בַעֲוֺנָ֞ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḇa·‘ă·wō·nām
                
                
                     for their iniquity , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - common singular construct | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5771 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) perversity, depravity, iniquity, guilt or punishment of iniquity <BR> 1a) iniquity <BR> 1b) guilt of iniquity, guilt (as great), guilt (of condition) <BR> 1c) consequence of or punishment for iniquity 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḇa·‘ă·wō·nām
         for their iniquity , 
    
 
        
            עַ֚ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַ֚ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al
                
                
                     because 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al
         because 
    
 
        
            אֲשֶׁ֣ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲשֶׁ֣ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·šer
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·šer
         - 
    
 
        
            מָֽעֲלוּ־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מָֽעֲלוּ־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mā·‘ă·lū-
                
                
                     they were unfaithful 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4603 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to act unfaithfully, act treacherously, transgress, commit a trespass <BR> 1a) (Qal) to act unfaithfully or treacherously <BR> 1a1) against man <BR> 1a2) against God <BR> 1a3) against devoted thing <BR> 1a4) against husband 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mā·‘ă·lū-
         they were unfaithful 
    
 
        
            בִ֔י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בִ֔י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḇî
                
                
                     to Me . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḇî
         to Me . 
    
 
        
            וָאַסְתִּ֥ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וָאַסְתִּ֥ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wā·’as·tir
                
                
                     So I hid 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Hifil - Consecutive imperfect - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5641 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to hide, conceal <BR> 1a) (Niphal) <BR> 1a1) to hide oneself <BR> 1a2) to be hidden, be concealed <BR> 1b) (Piel) to hide carefully <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be hidden carefully, be concealed <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to conceal, hide <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) to hide oneself carefully 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wā·’as·tir
         So I hid 
    
 
        
            פָּנַ֖י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
פָּנַ֖י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    pā·nay
                
                
                     My face 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6440 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) face <BR> 1a) face, faces <BR> 1b) presence, person <BR> 1c) face (of seraphim or cherubim) <BR> 1d) face (of animals) <BR> 1e) face, surface (of ground) <BR> 1f) as adv of loc/temp <BR> 1f1) before and behind, toward, in front of, forward, formerly, from beforetime, before <BR> 1g) with prep <BR> 1g1) in front of, before, to the front of, in the presence of, in the face of, at the face or front of, from the presence of, from before, from before the face of 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        pā·nay
         My face 
    
 
        
            מֵהֶ֑ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֵהֶ֑ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mê·hem
                
                
                     from them 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m | Pronoun - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mê·hem
         from them 
    
 
        
            וָֽאֶתְּנֵם֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וָֽאֶתְּנֵם֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wā·’et·tə·nêm
                
                
                     and delivered them 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - first person common singular | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5414 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to give, put, set <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to give, bestow, grant, permit, ascribe, employ, devote, consecrate, dedicate, pay wages, sell, exchange, lend, commit, entrust, give over, deliver up, yield produce, occasion, produce, requite to, report, mention, utter, stretch out, extend <BR> 1a2) to put, set, put on, put upon, set, appoint, assign, designate <BR> 1a3) to make, constitute <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be given, be bestowed, be provided, be entrusted to, be granted to, be permitted, be issued, be published, be uttered, be assigned <BR> 1b2) to be set, be put, be made, be inflicted <BR> 1c) (Hophal) <BR> 1c1) to be given, be bestowed, be given up, be delivered up <BR> 1c2) to be put upon 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wā·’et·tə·nêm
         and delivered them 
    
 
        
            בְּיַ֣ד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּיַ֣ד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·yaḏ
                
                
                     into the hands 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3027 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) hand <BR> 1a) hand (of man)<BR> 1b) strength, power (fig.) <BR> 1c) side (of land), part, portion (metaph.) (fig.) <BR> 1d) (various special, technical senses) <BR> 1d1) sign, monument <BR> 1d2) part, fractional part, share <BR> 1d3) time, repetition <BR> 1d4) axle-trees, axle <BR> 1d5) stays, support (for laver) <BR> 1d6) tenons (in tabernacle) <BR> 1d7) a phallus, a hand (meaning unsure) <BR> 1d8) wrists 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·yaḏ
         into the hands 
    
 
        
            צָרֵיהֶ֔ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
צָרֵיהֶ֔ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṣā·rê·hem
                
                
                     of their enemies , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6862 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) narrow, tight <BR> 2) straits, distress <BR> 3) adversary, foe, enemy, oppressor <BR> 4) hard pebble, flint 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṣā·rê·hem
         of their enemies , 
    
 
        
            כֻּלָּֽם׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כֻּלָּֽם׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kul·lām
                
                
                     so that they all 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3605 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, the whole <BR> 1a) all, the whole of <BR> 1b) any, each, every, anything <BR> 1c) totality, everything 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kul·lām
         so that they all 
    
 
        
            וַיִּפְּל֥וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיִּפְּל֥וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yip·pə·lū
                
                
                     fell 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5307 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to fall, lie, be cast down, fail <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to fall <BR> 1a2) to fall (of violent death) <BR> 1a3) to fall prostrate, prostrate oneself before <BR> 1a4) to fall upon, attack, desert, fall away to, go away to, fall into the hand of <BR> 1a5) to fall short, fail, fall out, turn out, result <BR> 1a6) to settle, waste away, be offered, be inferior to <BR> 1a7) to lie, lie prostrate <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) <BR> 1b1) to cause to fall, fell, throw down, knock out, lay prostrate <BR> 1b2) to overthrow <BR> 1b3) to make the lot fall, assign by lot, apportion by lot <BR> 1b4) to let drop, cause to fail (fig.) <BR> 1b5) to cause to fall <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) <BR> 1c1) to throw or prostrate oneself, throw oneself upon <BR> 1c2) to lie prostrate, prostrate oneself <BR> 1d) (Pilel) to fall 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yip·pə·lū
         fell 
    
 
        
            בַחֶ֖רֶב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בַחֶ֖רֶב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḇa·ḥe·reḇ
                
                
                     by the sword . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b, Article | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2719 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sword, knife <BR> 1a) sword <BR> 1b) knife <BR> 1c) tools for cutting stone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḇa·ḥe·reḇ
         by the sword . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            I dealt with them according to their uncleanness and transgressions, and I hid My face from them.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            עָשִׂ֣יתִי 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עָשִׂ֣יתִי 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ā·śî·ṯî
                
                
                     I dealt 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6213 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to do, fashion, accomplish, make <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to do, work, make, produce <BR> 1a1a) to do <BR> 1a1b) to work <BR> 1a1c) to deal (with) <BR> 1a1d) to act, act with effect, effect <BR> 1a2) to make <BR> 1a2a) to make <BR> 1a2b) to produce <BR> 1a2c) to prepare <BR> 1a2d) to make (an offering) <BR> 1a2e) to attend to, put in order <BR> 1a2f) to observe, celebrate <BR> 1a2g) to acquire (property) <BR> 1a2h) to appoint, ordain, institute <BR> 1a2i) to bring about <BR> 1a2j) to use <BR> 1a2k) to spend, pass <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be done <BR> 1b2) to be made <BR> 1b3) to be produced <BR> 1b4) to be offered <BR> 1b5) to be observed <BR> 1b6) to be used <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be made <BR> 2) (Piel) to press, squeeze 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ā·śî·ṯî
         I dealt 
    
 
        
            אֹתָ֑ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֹתָ֑ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ō·ṯām
                
                
                     with them 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ō·ṯām
         with them 
    
 
        
            כְּטֻמְאָתָ֥ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כְּטֻמְאָתָ֥ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kə·ṭum·’ā·ṯām
                
                
                     according to their uncleanness 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-k | Noun - feminine singular construct | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2932 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) uncleanness <BR> 1a) sexual <BR> 1b) of filthy mass <BR> 1c) ethical and religious <BR> 1d) ritual <BR> 1e) local (of nations) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kə·ṭum·’ā·ṯām
         according to their uncleanness 
    
 
        
            וּכְפִשְׁעֵיהֶ֖ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּכְפִשְׁעֵיהֶ֖ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·ḵə·p̄iš·‘ê·hem
                
                
                     and transgressions , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-k | Noun - masculine plural construct | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6588 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) transgression, rebellion <BR> 1a1) transgression (against individuals) <BR> 1a2) transgression (nation against nation)<BR> 1a3) transgression (against God) <BR> 1a3a) in general <BR> 1a3b) as recognised by sinner <BR> 1a3c) as God deals with it <BR> 1a3d) as God forgives <BR> 1a4) guilt of transgression <BR> 1a5) punishment for transgression <BR> 1a6) offering for transgression 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·ḵə·p̄iš·‘ê·hem
         and transgressions , 
    
 
        
            וָאַסְתִּ֥ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וָאַסְתִּ֥ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wā·’as·tir
                
                
                     and I hid 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Hifil - Consecutive imperfect - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5641 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to hide, conceal <BR> 1a) (Niphal) <BR> 1a1) to hide oneself <BR> 1a2) to be hidden, be concealed <BR> 1b) (Piel) to hide carefully <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be hidden carefully, be concealed <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to conceal, hide <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) to hide oneself carefully 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wā·’as·tir
         and I hid 
    
 
        
            פָּנַ֖י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
פָּנַ֖י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    pā·nay
                
                
                     My face 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6440 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) face <BR> 1a) face, faces <BR> 1b) presence, person <BR> 1c) face (of seraphim or cherubim) <BR> 1d) face (of animals) <BR> 1e) face, surface (of ground) <BR> 1f) as adv of loc/temp <BR> 1f1) before and behind, toward, in front of, forward, formerly, from beforetime, before <BR> 1g) with prep <BR> 1g1) in front of, before, to the front of, in the presence of, in the face of, at the face or front of, from the presence of, from before, from before the face of 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        pā·nay
         My face 
    
 
        
            מֵהֶֽם׃ס 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֵהֶֽם׃ס 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mê·hem
                
                
                     from them . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m | Pronoun - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mê·hem
         from them . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Therefore this is what the Lord GOD says: Now I will restore Jacob from captivity and will have compassion on the whole house of Israel, and I will be jealous for My holy name.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            לָכֵ֗ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָכֵ֗ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā·ḵên
                
                
                     Therefore 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3651 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        adv <BR> 1) so, therefore, thus <BR> 1a) thus, so <BR> 1b) just so <BR> 1c) therefore <BR> 1d) so...as (paired with adv) <BR> 1e) then <BR> 1f) forasmuch as (in phrase) <BR> 1g) (with prep) <BR> 1g1) therefore, this being so (specific) <BR> 1g2) hitherto <BR> 1g3) therefore, on this ground (general) <BR> 1g4) afterwards <BR> 1g5) in such case <BR> adj <BR> 2) right, just, honest, true, veritable <BR> 2a) right, just, honest <BR> 2b) correct <BR> 2c) true, veritable <BR> 2d) true!, right!, correct! (in assent) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā·ḵên
         Therefore 
    
 
        
            כֹּ֤ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כֹּ֤ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kōh
                
                
                     this is what 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3541 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) thus, here, in this manner <BR> 1a) thus, so <BR> 1b) here, here and there<BR> 1c) until now, until now...until then, meanwhile 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kōh
         this is what 
    
 
        
            אֲדֹנָ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲדֹנָ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·ḏō·nāy
                
                
                     the Lord 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        136 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) my lord, lord <BR> 1a) of men <BR> 1b) of God <BR> 2) Lord-title, spoken in place of Yahweh in Jewish display of reverence 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·ḏō·nāy
         the Lord 
    
 
        
            יְהוִ֔ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוִ֔ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     GOD 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3069 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) Jehovah-used primarily in the combination 'Lord Jehovah' <BR> 1a) equal to H03068 but pointed with the vowels of H0430 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         GOD 
    
 
        
            אָמַר֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אָמַר֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ā·mar
                
                
                     says : 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        559 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to say, speak, utter <BR> 1a) (Qal) to say, to answer, to say in one's heart, to think, to command, to promise, to intend <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be told, to be said, to be called <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) to boast, to act proudly <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to avow, to avouch 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ā·mar
         says : 
    
 
        
            עַתָּ֗ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַתָּ֗ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘at·tāh
                
                
                     Now 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6258 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) now <BR> 1a) now <BR> 1b) in phrases 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘at·tāh
         Now 
    
 
        
            אָשִׁיב֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אָשִׁיב֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ā·šîḇ
                
                
                     I will restore 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Hifil - Imperfect - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7725 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to return, turn back <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to turn back, return <BR> 1a1a) to turn back <BR> 1a1b) to return, come or go back <BR> 1a1c) to return unto, go back, come back <BR> 1a1d) of dying <BR> 1a1e) of human relations (fig) <BR> 1a1f) of spiritual relations (fig) <BR> 1a1f1) to turn back (from God), apostatise <BR> 1a1f2) to turn away (of God) <BR> 1a1f3) to turn back (to God), repent <BR> 1a1f4) turn back (from evil) <BR> 1a1g) of inanimate things <BR> 1a1h) in repetition <BR> 1b) (Polel) <BR> 1b1) to bring back <BR> 1b2) to restore, refresh, repair (fig) <BR> 1b3) to lead away (enticingly) <BR> 1b4) to show turning, apostatise <BR> 1c) (Pual) restored (participle) <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to cause to return, bring back <BR> 1d1) to bring back, allow to return, put back, draw back, give back, restore, relinquish, give in payment <BR> 1d2) to bring back, refresh, restore <BR> 1d3) to bring back, report to, answer <BR> 1d4) to bring back, make requital, pay (as recompense) <BR> 1d5) to turn back or backward, repel, defeat, repulse, hinder, reject, refuse <BR> 1d6) to turn away (face), turn toward <BR> 1d7) to turn against <BR> 1d8) to bring back to mind <BR> 1d9) to show a turning away 1d10) to reverse, revoke <BR> 1e) (Hophal) to be returned, be restored, be brought back <BR> 1f) (Pulal) brought back 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ā·šîḇ
         I will restore 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            יַֽעֲקֹ֔ב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יַֽעֲקֹ֔ב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ya·‘ă·qōḇ
                
                
                     Jacob 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3290 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jacob = |heel holder| or |supplanter|<BR> 1) son of Isaac, grandson of Abraham, and father of the 12 patriarchs of the tribes of Israel 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ya·‘ă·qōḇ
         Jacob 
    
 
        
            שְׁבִית 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שְׁבִית 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šə·ḇīṯ
                
                
                     from captivity 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7622 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) captivity, captives 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šə·ḇīṯ
         from captivity 
    
 
        
            וְרִֽחַמְתִּ֖י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְרִֽחַמְתִּ֖י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ri·ḥam·tî
                
                
                     and will have compassion 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Piel - Conjunctive perfect - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7355 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to love, love deeply, have mercy, be compassionate, have tender affection, have compassion <BR> 1a) (Qal) to love <BR> 1b) (Piel) <BR> 1b1) to have compassion, be compassionate <BR> 1b1a) of God, man <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be shown compassion, be compassionate 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ri·ḥam·tî
         and will have compassion 
    
 
        
            כָּל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כָּל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kāl-
                
                
                     on the whole 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3605 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, the whole <BR> 1a) all, the whole of <BR> 1b) any, each, every, anything <BR> 1c) totality, everything 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kāl-
         on the whole 
    
 
        
            בֵּ֣ית 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֵּ֣ית 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bêṯ
                
                
                     house 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1004 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        nm <BR> 1) house <BR> 1a) house, dwelling habitation <BR> 1b) shelter or abode of animals <BR> 1c) human bodies (fig.) <BR> 1d) of Sheol <BR> 1e) of abode of light and darkness <BR> 1f) of land of Ephraim <BR> 2) place <BR> 3) receptacle <BR> 4) home, house as containing a family <BR> 5) household, family <BR> 5a) those belonging to the same household <BR> 5b) family of descendants, descendants as organized body <BR> 6) household affairs <BR> 7) inwards (metaph.) <BR> 8) (TWOT) temple <BR> adv <BR> 9) on the inside <BR> prep <BR> 10) within 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bêṯ
         house 
    
 
        
            יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yiś·rā·’êl
                
                
                     of Israel , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3478 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Israel = |God prevails|<BR> 1) the second name for Jacob given to him by God after his wrestling with the angel at Peniel <BR> 2) the name of the descendants and the nation of the descendants of Jacob <BR> 2a) the name of the nation until the death of Solomon and the split <BR> 2b) the name used and given to the northern kingdom consisting of the 10 tribes under Jeroboam; the southern kingdom was known as Judah <BR> 2c) the name of the nation after the return from exile 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yiś·rā·’êl
         of Israel , 
    
 
        
            וְקִנֵּאתִ֖י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְקִנֵּאתִ֖י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·qin·nê·ṯî
                
                
                     and I will be jealous 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Piel - Conjunctive perfect - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7065 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to envy, be jealous, be envious, be zealous <BR> 1a) (Piel) <BR> 1a1) to be jealous of <BR> 1a2) to be envious of <BR> 1a3) to be zealous for <BR> 1a4) to excite to jealous anger <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) to provoke to jealous anger, cause jealousy 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·qin·nê·ṯî
         and I will be jealous 
    
 
        
            קָדְשִֽׁי׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קָדְשִֽׁי׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qāḏ·šî
                
                
                     for My holy 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6944 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) apartness, holiness, sacredness, separateness <BR> 1a) apartness, sacredness, holiness <BR> 1a1) of God <BR> 1a2) of places <BR> 1a3) of things <BR> 1b) set-apartness, separateness 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qāḏ·šî
         for My holy 
    
 
        
            לְשֵׁ֥ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְשֵׁ֥ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·šêm
                
                
                     name . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8034 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) name <BR> 1a) name <BR> 1b) reputation, fame, glory <BR> 1c) the Name (as designation of God) <BR> 1d) memorial, monument 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·šêm
         name . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            They will forget their disgrace and all the treachery they committed against Me, when they dwell securely in their land, with no one to frighten them.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְנָשׂוּ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְנָשׂוּ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·nā·śū
                
                
                     They will forget 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - third person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5375 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to lift, bear up, carry, take <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to lift, lift up <BR> 1a2) to bear, carry, support, sustain, endure <BR> 1a3) to take, take away, carry off, forgive <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be lifted up, be exalted <BR> 1b2) to lift oneself up, rise up <BR> 1b3) to be borne, be carried <BR> 1b4) to be taken away, be carried off, be swept away <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to lift up, exalt, support, aid, assist <BR> 1c2) to desire, long (fig.) <BR> 1c3) to carry, bear continuously <BR> 1c4) to take, take away <BR> 1d) (Hithpael) to lift oneself up, exalt oneself <BR> 1e) (Hiphil) <BR> 1e1) to cause one to bear (iniquity) <BR> 1e2) to cause to bring, have brought 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·nā·śū
         They will forget 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         
    
 
        
            כְּלִמָּתָ֔ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כְּלִמָּתָ֔ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kə·lim·mā·ṯām
                
                
                     their disgrace 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3639 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) disgrace, reproach, shame, confusion, dishonour, insult, ignominy <BR> 1a) insult, reproach <BR> 1b) reproach, ignominy 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kə·lim·mā·ṯām
         their disgrace 
    
 
        
            וְאֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’eṯ-
                
                
                     and 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’eṯ-
         and 
    
 
        
            כָּל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כָּל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kāl-
                
                
                     all 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3605 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, the whole <BR> 1a) all, the whole of <BR> 1b) any, each, every, anything <BR> 1c) totality, everything 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kāl-
         all 
    
 
        
            מָעֲלוּ־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מָעֲלוּ־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mā·‘ă·lū-
                
                
                     the treachery 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4603 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to act unfaithfully, act treacherously, transgress, commit a trespass <BR> 1a) (Qal) to act unfaithfully or treacherously <BR> 1a1) against man <BR> 1a2) against God <BR> 1a3) against devoted thing <BR> 1a4) against husband 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mā·‘ă·lū-
         the treachery 
    
 
        
            מַעֲלָ֖ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַעֲלָ֖ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ma·‘ă·lām
                
                
                     they committed 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4604 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) unfaithful or treacherous act, trespass <BR> 1a) against man <BR> 1b) against God 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ma·‘ă·lām
         they committed 
    
 
        
            אֲשֶׁ֣ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲשֶׁ֣ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·šer
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·šer
         - 
    
 
        
            בִ֑י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בִ֑י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḇî
                
                
                     against Me , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḇî
         against Me , 
    
 
        
            בְּשִׁבְתָּ֧ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּשִׁבְתָּ֧ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·šiḇ·tām
                
                
                     when they dwell 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Verb - Qal - Infinitive construct | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3427 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to dwell, remain, sit, abide <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to sit, sit down <BR> 1a2) to be set <BR> 1a3) to remain, stay <BR> 1a4) to dwell, have one's abode <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be inhabited <BR> 1c) (Piel) to set, place <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to cause to sit <BR> 1d2) to cause to abide, set <BR> 1d3) to cause to dwell <BR> 1d4) to cause (cities) to be inhabited <BR> 1d5) to marry (give an dwelling to) <BR> 1e) (Hophal) <BR> 1e1) to be inhabited <BR> 1e2) to make to dwell 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·šiḇ·tām
         when they dwell 
    
 
        
            לָבֶ֖טַח 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָבֶ֖טַח 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā·ḇe·ṭaḥ
                
                
                     securely 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        983 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        n m <BR> 1) security, safety <BR> adv <BR> 2) securely 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā·ḇe·ṭaḥ
         securely 
    
 
        
            עַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al-
                
                
                     in 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al-
         in 
    
 
        
            אַדְמָתָ֛ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַדְמָתָ֛ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’aḏ·mā·ṯām
                
                
                     their land , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        127 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) ground, land <BR> 1a) ground (as general, tilled, yielding sustenance) <BR> 1b) piece of ground, a specific plot of land <BR> 1c) earth substance (for building or constructing) <BR> 1d) ground as earth's visible surface <BR> 1e) land, territory, country <BR> 1f) whole inhabited earth <BR> 1g) city in Naphtali 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’aḏ·mā·ṯām
         their land , 
    
 
        
            וְאֵ֥ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֵ֥ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’ên
                
                
                     with no 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        369 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) nothing, not, nought n <BR> 1a) nothing, nought neg <BR> 1b) not <BR> 1c) to have not (of possession) adv <BR> 1d) without w/prep <BR> 1e) for lack of 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’ên
         with no 
    
 
        
            מַחֲרִֽיד׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַחֲרִֽיד׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ma·ḥă·rîḏ
                
                
                     one to frighten them . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Hifil - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2729 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to tremble, quake, move about, be afraid, be startled, be terrified <BR> 1a) (Qal)<BR> 1a1) to tremble, quake (of a mountain) <BR> 1a2) to tremble (of people) <BR> 1a3) to be anxiously careful <BR> 1a4) to go or come trembling (with prep) <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) <BR> 1b1) to cause to tremble <BR> 1b2) to drive in terror, rout (an army) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ma·ḥă·rîḏ
         one to frighten them . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            When I bring them back from the peoples and gather them out of the lands of their enemies, I will show My holiness in them in the sight of many nations.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            בְּשׁוֹבְבִ֤י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּשׁוֹבְבִ֤י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·šō·wḇ·ḇî
                
                
                     When I bring them back 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Verb - Piel - Infinitive construct | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7725 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to return, turn back <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to turn back, return <BR> 1a1a) to turn back <BR> 1a1b) to return, come or go back <BR> 1a1c) to return unto, go back, come back <BR> 1a1d) of dying <BR> 1a1e) of human relations (fig) <BR> 1a1f) of spiritual relations (fig) <BR> 1a1f1) to turn back (from God), apostatise <BR> 1a1f2) to turn away (of God) <BR> 1a1f3) to turn back (to God), repent <BR> 1a1f4) turn back (from evil) <BR> 1a1g) of inanimate things <BR> 1a1h) in repetition <BR> 1b) (Polel) <BR> 1b1) to bring back <BR> 1b2) to restore, refresh, repair (fig) <BR> 1b3) to lead away (enticingly) <BR> 1b4) to show turning, apostatise <BR> 1c) (Pual) restored (participle) <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to cause to return, bring back <BR> 1d1) to bring back, allow to return, put back, draw back, give back, restore, relinquish, give in payment <BR> 1d2) to bring back, refresh, restore <BR> 1d3) to bring back, report to, answer <BR> 1d4) to bring back, make requital, pay (as recompense) <BR> 1d5) to turn back or backward, repel, defeat, repulse, hinder, reject, refuse <BR> 1d6) to turn away (face), turn toward <BR> 1d7) to turn against <BR> 1d8) to bring back to mind <BR> 1d9) to show a turning away 1d10) to reverse, revoke <BR> 1e) (Hophal) to be returned, be restored, be brought back <BR> 1f) (Pulal) brought back 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·šō·wḇ·ḇî
         When I bring them back 
    
 
        
            אוֹתָם֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אוֹתָם֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ō·w·ṯām
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ō·w·ṯām
         - 
    
 
        
            מִן־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִן־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    min-
                
                
                     from 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4480 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) from, out of, on account of, off, on the side of, since, above, than, so that not, more than <BR> 1a) from (expressing separation), off, on the side of <BR> 1b) out of <BR> 1b1) (with verbs of proceeding, removing, expelling) <BR> 1b2) (of material from which something is made) <BR> 1b3) (of source or origin) <BR> 1c) out of, some of, from (partitively) <BR> 1d) from, since, after (of time) <BR> 1e) than, more than (in comparison) <BR> 1f) from...even to, both...and, either...or <BR> 1g) than, more than, too much for (in comparisons) <BR> 1h) from, on account of, through, because (with infinitive) <BR> conj <BR> 2) that 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        min-
         from 
    
 
        
            הָ֣עַמִּ֔ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָ֣עַמִּ֔ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·‘am·mîm
                
                
                     the peoples 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5971 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) nation, people <BR> 1a) people, nation <BR> 1b) persons, members of one's people, compatriots, country-men <BR> 2) kinsman, kindred 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·‘am·mîm
         the peoples 
    
 
        
            וְקִבַּצְתִּ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְקִבַּצְתִּ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·qib·baṣ·tî
                
                
                     and gather 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Piel - Conjunctive perfect - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6908 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to gather, assemble <BR> 1a) (Qal) to gather, collect, assemble <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to assemble, gather <BR> 1b2) to be gathered <BR> 1c) (Piel) to gather, gather together, take away <BR> 1d) (Pual) to be gathered together <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) to gather together, be gathered together 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·qib·baṣ·tî
         and gather 
    
 
        
            אֹתָ֔ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֹתָ֔ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ō·ṯām
                
                
                     them 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ō·ṯām
         them 
    
 
        
            מֵֽאַרְצ֖וֹת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֵֽאַרְצ֖וֹת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mê·’ar·ṣō·wṯ
                
                
                     out of the lands 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m | Noun - feminine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        776 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) land, earth<BR> 1a) earth <BR> 1a1) whole earth (as opposed to a part) <BR> 1a2) earth (as opposed to heaven) <BR> 1a3) earth (inhabitants) <BR> 1b) land <BR> 1b1) country, territory <BR> 1b2) district, region <BR> 1b3) tribal territory <BR> 1b4) piece of ground <BR> 1b5) land of Canaan, Israel <BR> 1b6) inhabitants of land <BR> 1b7) Sheol, land without return, (under) world <BR> 1b8) city (-state) <BR> 1c) ground, surface of the earth <BR> 1c1) ground <BR> 1c2) soil <BR> 1d) (in phrases) <BR> 1d1) people of the land <BR> 1d2) space or distance of country (in measurements of distance) <BR> 1d3) level or plain country <BR> 1d4) land of the living <BR> 1d5) end(s) of the earth <BR> 1e) (almost wholly late in usage) <BR> 1e1) lands, countries <BR> 1e1a) often in contrast to Canaan 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mê·’ar·ṣō·wṯ
         out of the lands 
    
 
        
            אֹֽיְבֵיהֶ֑ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֹֽיְבֵיהֶ֑ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ō·yə·ḇê·hem
                
                
                     of their enemies , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine plural construct | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        341 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (Qal) enemy <BR> 1a) personal <BR> 1b) national 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ō·yə·ḇê·hem
         of their enemies , 
    
 
        
            וְנִקְדַּ֣שְׁתִּי 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְנִקְדַּ֣שְׁתִּי 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·niq·daš·tî
                
                
                     I will show My holiness 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Nifal - Conjunctive perfect - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6942 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to consecrate, sanctify, prepare, dedicate, be hallowed, be holy, be sanctified, be separate <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to be set apart, be consecrated <BR> 1a2) to be hallowed <BR> 1a3) consecrated, tabooed <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to show oneself sacred or majestic <BR> 1b2) to be honoured, be treated as sacred <BR> 1b3) to be holy <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to set apart as sacred, consecrate, dedicate <BR> 1c2) to observe as holy, keep sacred <BR> 1c3) to honour as sacred, hallow <BR> 1c4) to consecrate <BR> 1d) (Pual) <BR> 1d1) to be consecrated <BR> 1d2) consecrated, dedicated <BR> 1e) (Hiphil) <BR> 1e1) to set apart, devote, consecrate <BR> 1e2) to regard or treat as sacred or hallow <BR> 1e3) to consecrate <BR> 1f) (Hithpael) <BR> 1f1) to keep oneself apart or separate <BR> 1f2) to cause Himself to be hallowed (of God) <BR> 1f3) to be observed as holy <BR> 1f4) to consecrate oneself 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·niq·daš·tî
         I will show My holiness 
    
 
        
            בָ֔ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בָ֔ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḇām
                
                
                     in them 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḇām
         in them 
    
 
        
            לְעֵינֵ֖י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְעֵינֵ֖י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·‘ê·nê
                
                
                     in the sight 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - cdc 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5869 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) eye <BR> 1a) eye <BR> 1a1) of physical eye <BR> 1a2) as showing mental qualities <BR> 1a3) of mental and spiritual faculties (fig.) <BR> 2) spring, fountain 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·‘ê·nê
         in the sight 
    
 
        
            רַבִּֽים׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רַבִּֽים׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    rab·bîm
                
                
                     of many 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adjective - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7227 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        adj <BR> 1) much, many, great <BR> 1a) much <BR> 1b) many <BR> 1c) abounding in <BR> 1d) more numerous than <BR> 1e) abundant, enough <BR> 1f) great <BR> 1g) strong <BR> 1h) greater than <BR> adv <BR> 1i) much, exceedingly <BR> n m <BR> 2) captain, chief 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        rab·bîm
         of many 
    
 
        
            הַגּוֹיִ֥ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַגּוֹיִ֥ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hag·gō·w·yim
                
                
                     nations . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1471 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        n m <BR> 1) nation, people <BR> 1a) nation, people<BR> 1a1) usually of non-Hebrew people <BR> 1a2) of descendants of Abraham <BR> 1a3) of Israel <BR> 1b) of swarm of locusts, other animals (fig.) <BR> n pr m <BR> 1c) Goyim? = |nations| 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hag·gō·w·yim
         nations . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Then they will know that I am the LORD their God, when I regather them to their own land, not leaving any of them behind after their exile among the nations.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְיָדְע֗וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְיָדְע֗וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·yā·ḏə·‘ū
                
                
                     Then they will know 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - third person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3045 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to know <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to know <BR> 1a1a) to know, learn to know <BR> 1a1b) to perceive <BR> 1a1c) to perceive and see, find out and discern <BR> 1a1d) to discriminate, distinguish <BR> 1a1e) to know by experience <BR> 1a1f) to recognise, admit, acknowledge, confess <BR> 1a1g) to consider <BR> 1a2) to know, be acquainted with <BR> 1a3) to know (a person carnally) <BR> 1a4) to know how, be skilful in <BR> 1a5) to have knowledge, be wise <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be made known, be or become known, be revealed <BR> 1b2) to make oneself known <BR> 1b3) to be perceived <BR> 1b4) to be instructed <BR> 1c) (Piel) to cause to know <BR> 1d) (Poal) to cause to know <BR> 1e) (Pual) <BR> 1e1) to be known <BR> 1e2) known, one known, acquaintance (participle) <BR> 1f) (Hiphil) to make known, declare <BR> 1g) (Hophal) to be made known <BR> 1h) (Hithpael) to make oneself known, reveal oneself 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·yā·ḏə·‘ū
         Then they will know 
    
 
        
            כִּ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כִּ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kî
                
                
                     that 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunction 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3588 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) that, for, because, when, as though, as, because that, but, then, certainly, except, surely, since <BR> 1a) that <BR> 1a1) yea, indeed <BR> 1b) when (of time) <BR> 1b1) when, if, though (with a concessive force) <BR> 1c) because, since (causal connection) <BR> 1d) but (after negative) <BR> 1e) that if, for if, indeed if, for though, but if <BR> 1f) but rather, but <BR> 1g) except that <BR> 1h) only, nevertheless <BR> 1i) surely <BR> 1j) that is <BR> 1k) but if <BR> 1l) for though <BR> 1m) forasmuch as, for therefore 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kî
         that 
    
 
        
            אֲנִ֤י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲנִ֤י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·nî
                
                
                     I 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        589 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) I (first pers. sing. -usually used for emphasis) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·nî
         I 
    
 
        
            יְהוָה֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָה֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     am the LORD 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         am the LORD 
    
 
        
            אֱלֹ֣הֵיהֶ֔ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱלֹ֣הֵיהֶ֔ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·lō·hê·hem
                
                
                     their God , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (plural) <BR> 1a) rulers, judges <BR> 1b) divine ones <BR> 1c) angels <BR> 1d) gods <BR> 2) (plural intensive-singular meaning) <BR> 2a) god, goddess <BR> 2b) godlike one <BR> 2c) works or special possessions of God <BR> 2d) the (true) God <BR> 2e) God 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·lō·hê·hem
         their God , 
    
 
        
            וְכִנַּסְתִּ֖ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְכִנַּסְתִּ֖ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ḵin·nas·tîm
                
                
                     when I regather them 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Piel - Conjunctive perfect - first person common singular | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3664 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to gather, collect, wrap <BR> 1a) (Qal) to gather <BR> 1b) (Piel) to gather <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) to gather together, wrap oneself up 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ḵin·nas·tîm
         when I regather them 
    
 
        
            עַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al-
                
                
                     to 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al-
         to 
    
 
        
            אַדְמָתָ֑ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַדְמָתָ֑ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’aḏ·mā·ṯām
                
                
                     their own land , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        127 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) ground, land <BR> 1a) ground (as general, tilled, yielding sustenance) <BR> 1b) piece of ground, a specific plot of land <BR> 1c) earth substance (for building or constructing) <BR> 1d) ground as earth's visible surface <BR> 1e) land, territory, country <BR> 1f) whole inhabited earth <BR> 1g) city in Naphtali 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’aḏ·mā·ṯām
         their own land , 
    
 
        
            וְלֹֽא־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְלֹֽא־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·lō-
                
                
                     not leaving 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Adverb - Negative particle 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3808 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) not, no <BR> 1a) not (with verb-absolute prohibition) <BR> 1b) not (with modifier-negation) <BR> 1c) nothing (subst) <BR> 1d) without (with particle) <BR> 1e) before (of time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·lō-
         not leaving 
    
 
        
            ע֛וֹד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
ע֛וֹד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ō·wḏ
                
                
                     any 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5750 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        subst<BR> 1) a going round, continuance <BR> adv <BR> 2) still, yet, again, besides <BR> 2a) still, yet (of continuance or persistence) <BR> 2b) still, yet, more (of addition or repetition) <BR> 2c) again <BR> 2d) still, moreover, besides 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ō·wḏ
         any 
    
 
        
            מֵהֶ֖ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֵהֶ֖ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mê·hem
                
                
                     of them 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m | Pronoun - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mê·hem
         of them 
    
 
        
            שָֽׁם׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שָֽׁם׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šām
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8033 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) there, thither <BR> 1a) there <BR> 1b) thither (after verbs of motion) <BR> 1c) from there, thence <BR> 1d) then (as an adverb of time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šām
         . . . 
    
 
        
            אוֹתִ֥יר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אוֹתִ֥יר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ō·w·ṯîr
                
                
                     behind 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Hifil - Imperfect - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3498 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be left over, remain, remain over, leave <BR> 1a) (Qal) remainder (participle) <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be left over, remain over, be left behind <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to leave over, leave <BR> 1c2) to save over, preserve alive <BR> 1c3) to excel, show pre-eminence <BR> 1c4) to show excess, have more than enough, have an excess 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ō·w·ṯîr
         behind 
    
 
        
            בְּהַגְלוֹתִ֤י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּהַגְלוֹתִ֤י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·haḡ·lō·w·ṯî
                
                
                     after their exile 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Verb - Hifil - Infinitive construct | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1540 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to uncover, remove <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to uncover <BR> 1a2) to remove, depart <BR> 1a3) to go into exile <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) (reflexive) <BR> 1b1a) to uncover oneself <BR> 1b1b) to discover or show oneself <BR> 1b1c) to reveal himself (of God) <BR> 1b2) (passive) <BR> 1b2a) to be uncovered <BR> 1b2b) to be disclosed, be discovered <BR> 1b2c) to be revealed <BR> 1b3) to be removed <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to uncover (nakedness) <BR> 1c1a) nakedness <BR> 1c1b) general <BR> 1c2) to disclose, discover, lay bare <BR> 1c3) to make known, show, reveal <BR> 1d) (Pual) to be uncovered <BR> 1e) (Hiphil) to carry away into exile, take into exile <BR> 1f) (Hophal) to be taken into exile <BR> 1g) (Hithpael) <BR> 1g1) to be uncovered <BR> 1g2) to reveal oneself 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·haḡ·lō·w·ṯî
         after their exile 
    
 
        
            אֹתָם֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֹתָם֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ō·ṯām
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ō·ṯām
         . . . 
    
 
        
            אֶל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’el-
                
                
                     among 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        413 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to, toward, unto (of motion) <BR> 2) into (limit is actually entered) <BR> 2a) in among <BR> 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) <BR> 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) <BR> 5) in addition to, to <BR> 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of <BR> 7) according to (rule or standard) <BR> 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) <BR> 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’el-
         among 
    
 
        
            הַגּוֹיִ֔ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַגּוֹיִ֔ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hag·gō·w·yim
                
                
                     the nations . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1471 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        n m <BR> 1) nation, people <BR> 1a) nation, people<BR> 1a1) usually of non-Hebrew people <BR> 1a2) of descendants of Abraham <BR> 1a3) of Israel <BR> 1b) of swarm of locusts, other animals (fig.) <BR> n pr m <BR> 1c) Goyim? = |nations| 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hag·gō·w·yim
         the nations . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            And I will no longer hide My face from them, for I will pour out My Spirit on the house of Israel, declares the Lord GOD.”
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְלֹֽא־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְלֹֽא־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·lō-
                
                
                     And I will no 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Adverb - Negative particle 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3808 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) not, no <BR> 1a) not (with verb-absolute prohibition) <BR> 1b) not (with modifier-negation) <BR> 1c) nothing (subst) <BR> 1d) without (with particle) <BR> 1e) before (of time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·lō-
         And I will no 
    
 
        
            ע֛וֹד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
ע֛וֹד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ō·wḏ
                
                
                     longer 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5750 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        subst<BR> 1) a going round, continuance <BR> adv <BR> 2) still, yet, again, besides <BR> 2a) still, yet (of continuance or persistence) <BR> 2b) still, yet, more (of addition or repetition) <BR> 2c) again <BR> 2d) still, moreover, besides 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ō·wḏ
         longer 
    
 
        
            אַסְתִּ֥יר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַסְתִּ֥יר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’as·tîr
                
                
                     hide 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Hifil - Imperfect - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5641 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to hide, conceal <BR> 1a) (Niphal) <BR> 1a1) to hide oneself <BR> 1a2) to be hidden, be concealed <BR> 1b) (Piel) to hide carefully <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be hidden carefully, be concealed <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to conceal, hide <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) to hide oneself carefully 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’as·tîr
         hide 
    
 
        
            פָּנַ֖י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
פָּנַ֖י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    pā·nay
                
                
                     My face 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6440 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) face <BR> 1a) face, faces <BR> 1b) presence, person <BR> 1c) face (of seraphim or cherubim) <BR> 1d) face (of animals) <BR> 1e) face, surface (of ground) <BR> 1f) as adv of loc/temp <BR> 1f1) before and behind, toward, in front of, forward, formerly, from beforetime, before <BR> 1g) with prep <BR> 1g1) in front of, before, to the front of, in the presence of, in the face of, at the face or front of, from the presence of, from before, from before the face of 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        pā·nay
         My face 
    
 
        
            מֵהֶ֑ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֵהֶ֑ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mê·hem
                
                
                     from them , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m | Pronoun - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mê·hem
         from them , 
    
 
        
            אֲשֶׁ֨ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲשֶׁ֨ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·šer
                
                
                     for 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·šer
         for 
    
 
        
            שָׁפַ֤כְתִּי 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שָׁפַ֤כְתִּי 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šā·p̄aḵ·tî
                
                
                     I will pour out 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8210 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to pour, pour out, spill <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to pour, pour out <BR> 1a2) to shed (blood) <BR> 1a3) to pour out (anger or heart) (fig) <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be poured out, be shed <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be poured out, be shed <BR> 1d) (Hithpael) <BR> 1d1) to be poured out <BR> 1d2) to pour out oneself 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šā·p̄aḵ·tî
         I will pour out 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            רוּחִי֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רוּחִי֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    rū·ḥî
                
                
                     My Spirit 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - common singular construct | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7307 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) wind, breath, mind, spirit <BR> 1a) breath<BR> 1b) wind <BR> 1b1) of heaven <BR> 1b2) quarter (of wind), side <BR> 1b3) breath of air <BR> 1b4) air, gas <BR> 1b5) vain, empty thing <BR> 1c) spirit (as that which breathes quickly in animation or agitation) <BR> 1c1) spirit, animation, vivacity, vigour <BR> 1c2) courage <BR> 1c3) temper, anger <BR> 1c4) impatience, patience <BR> 1c5) spirit, disposition (as troubled, bitter, discontented) <BR> 1c6) disposition (of various kinds), unaccountable or uncontrollable impulse <BR> 1c7) prophetic spirit <BR> 1d) spirit (of the living, breathing being in man and animals) <BR> 1d1) as gift, preserved by God, God's spirit, departing at death, disembodied being <BR> 1e) spirit (as seat of emotion) <BR> 1e1) desire <BR> 1e2) sorrow, trouble <BR> 1f) spirit <BR> 1f1) as seat or organ of mental acts <BR> 1f2) rarely of the will <BR> 1f3) as seat especially of moral character <BR> 1g) Spirit of God, the third person of the triune God, the Holy Spirit, coequal, coeternal with the Father and the Son <BR> 1g1) as inspiring ecstatic state of prophecy <BR> 1g2) as impelling prophet to utter instruction or warning <BR> 1g3) imparting warlike energy and executive and administrative power <BR> 1g4) as endowing men with various gifts <BR> 1g5) as energy of life <BR> 1g6) as manifest in the Shekinah glory <BR> 1g7) never referred to as a depersonalised force 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        rū·ḥî
         My Spirit 
    
 
        
            עַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al-
                
                
                     on 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al-
         on 
    
 
        
            בֵּ֣ית 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֵּ֣ית 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bêṯ
                
                
                     the house 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1004 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        nm <BR> 1) house <BR> 1a) house, dwelling habitation <BR> 1b) shelter or abode of animals <BR> 1c) human bodies (fig.) <BR> 1d) of Sheol <BR> 1e) of abode of light and darkness <BR> 1f) of land of Ephraim <BR> 2) place <BR> 3) receptacle <BR> 4) home, house as containing a family <BR> 5) household, family <BR> 5a) those belonging to the same household <BR> 5b) family of descendants, descendants as organized body <BR> 6) household affairs <BR> 7) inwards (metaph.) <BR> 8) (TWOT) temple <BR> adv <BR> 9) on the inside <BR> prep <BR> 10) within 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bêṯ
         the house 
    
 
        
            יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yiś·rā·’êl
                
                
                     of Israel , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3478 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Israel = |God prevails|<BR> 1) the second name for Jacob given to him by God after his wrestling with the angel at Peniel <BR> 2) the name of the descendants and the nation of the descendants of Jacob <BR> 2a) the name of the nation until the death of Solomon and the split <BR> 2b) the name used and given to the northern kingdom consisting of the 10 tribes under Jeroboam; the southern kingdom was known as Judah <BR> 2c) the name of the nation after the return from exile 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yiś·rā·’êl
         of Israel , 
    
 
        
            נְאֻ֖ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נְאֻ֖ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nə·’um
                
                
                     declares 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5002 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (Qal) utterance, declaration (of prophet) <BR> 1a) utterance, declaration, revelation (of prophet in ecstatic state) <BR> 1b) utterance, declaration (elsewhere always preceding divine name) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nə·’um
         declares 
    
 
        
            אֲדֹנָ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲדֹנָ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·ḏō·nāy
                
                
                     the Lord 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        136 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) my lord, lord <BR> 1a) of men <BR> 1b) of God <BR> 2) Lord-title, spoken in place of Yahweh in Jewish display of reverence 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·ḏō·nāy
         the Lord 
    
 
        
            יְהוִֽה׃פ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוִֽה׃פ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     GOD . ” 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3069 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) Jehovah-used primarily in the combination 'Lord Jehovah' <BR> 1a) equal to H03068 but pointed with the vowels of H0430 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         GOD . ”